patch 7.4.1038

Problem:    Still get a warning for a deprecated function with gdk-pixbuf
            2.31.
Solution:   Change minimum minor version from 32 to 31.

.gitignore

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@
 src/vim
 src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
+src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
+src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
 src/tags
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
@@ -35,6 +37,7 @@ src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib
+runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 
 # Borland C++
 bcc.cfg
@@ -62,11 +65,16 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
-src/po/*.ck 
-src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
-src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
-src/testdir/lua.vim 
-src/testdir/small.vim 
-src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/po/*.ck
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim
+src/testdir/lua.vim
+src/testdir/small.vim
+src/testdir/tiny.vim
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test*.failed
 src/testdir/test.log
+src/testdir/dostmp/*
+src/testdir/messages
+src/testdir/viminfo
+src/memfile_test

.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+language: c
+
+compiler:
+  - clang
+  - gcc
+
+env:
+  - COVERAGE=yes CFLAGS=--coverage LDFLAGS=--coverage FEATURES=huge SHADOWOPT="-C src/shadow" SRCDIR=./src/shadow
+    "CONFOPT='--enable-perlinterp --enable-pythoninterp --enable-python3interp --enable-rubyinterp --enable-luainterp'"
+    CHECK_AUTOCONF=yes
+  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=normal CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=small CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+  - COVERAGE=no FEATURES=tiny  CONFOPT= SHADOWOPT= SRCDIR=./src CHECK_AUTOCONF=no
+
+sudo: false
+
+branches:
+  except:
+    - /^v[0-9]/
+
+addons:
+  apt:
+    packages:
+      - autoconf
+      - lcov
+      - libperl-dev
+      - python-dev
+      - python3-dev
+      - liblua5.1-0-dev
+      - lua5.1
+
+before_install:
+  - pip install --user cpp-coveralls
+
+script:
+  - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+  - if [ "$CHECK_AUTOCONF" = "yes" -a "$CC" = "gcc" ]; then make -C src autoconf; fi
+  - if [ "x$SHADOWOPT" != x ]; then make -C src shadow; fi && (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && make -j$NPROC)
+  - ${SRCDIR}/vim --version
+  - make $SHADOWOPT test
+
+after_success:
+  - if [ x"$COVERAGE" = "xyes" ]; then ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b $SRCDIR -x .xs -e ${SRCDIR}/xxd -e ${SRCDIR}/if_perl.c --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR; fi
+
+# vim:set sts=2 sw=2 tw=0 et:

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# Contributing to Vim
+
+Patches are welcome in whatever form.
+Discussions about patches happen on the vim-dev maillist.
+If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
+forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.  You can also send your patch there
+directly.  An attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
+Information about the maillist can be found [on the Vim website].
+
+[on the Vim website]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-dev
+
+Please consider adding a test.  Test coverage isn't very good yet, this needs
+to improve.  Look through recent patches for examples.  The tests are located
+under "src/testdir".
+
+
+# Reporting issues
+
+We use GitHub issues, but that is not a requirement.  Writing to the Vim
+maillist is also fine.
+
+Please use the GitHub issues only for actual issues. If you are not 100% sure
+that your problem is a Vim issue, please first discuss this on the Vim user
+maillist.  Try reproducing the problem without any plugins or settings:
+
+    vim -N -u NONE
+
+If you report an issue, please describe exactly how to reproduce it.
+For example, don't say "insert some text" but say what you did exactly:
+"ahere is some text<Esc>".
+Ideally, the steps you list can be used to write a test to verify the problem
+is fixed.
+
+Feel free to report even the smallest problem, also typos in the documentation.
+
+You can find known issues in the todo file: ":help todo".
+Or open [the todo file] on GitHub to see the latest version.
+
+[the todo file]: https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/runtime/doc/todo.txt
+
+
+# Syntax, indent and other runtime files
+
+The latest version of these files can be obtained from the repository.
+They are usually not updated with numbered patches.
+
+If you find a problem with one of these files or have a suggestion for
+improvement, please first try to contact the maintainer directly.
+Look in the header of the file for the name and email address.
+
+The maintainer will take care of issues and send updates to Bram for 
+distribution with Vim.
+
+If the maintainer does not react, contact the vim-dev maillist.

Filelist

@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
 
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
+		.hgignore \
+		.travis.yml \
+		appveyor.yml \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
@@ -10,6 +13,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/crypt.c \
+		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
 		src/edit.c \
@@ -79,12 +84,19 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/main.aap \
+		src/testdir/README.txt \
+		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
+		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
+		src/testdir/test[0-9]*a.ok \
+		src/testdir/test_[a-z]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/test77a.com \
+		src/testdir/test_*.vim \
 		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
 		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
@@ -94,10 +106,15 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/subsubsubmodule.py \
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
+		src/testdir/bench*.in \
+		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
+		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
@@ -153,6 +170,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		README_src.txt \
 		configure \
 		pixmaps/*.xpm \
+		pixmaps/*.png \
 		pixmaps/gen-inline-pixbufs.sh \
 		pixmaps/stock_icons.h \
 		src/INSTALL \
@@ -173,6 +191,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_gtk_f.c \
 		src/gui_gtk_f.h \
 		src/gui_gtk_x11.c \
+		src/gui_gtk_res.xml \
 		src/gui_motif.c \
 		src/gui_xmdlg.c \
 		src/gui_xmebw.c \
@@ -198,6 +217,7 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/gui_athena.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_gtk_x11.pro \
+		src/proto/gui_gtk_gresources.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_motif.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_xmdlg.pro \
 		src/proto/gui_x11.pro \
@@ -267,6 +287,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_bc3.mak \
 		src/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/Make_cyg.mak \
+		src/Make_cyg_ming.mak \
 		src/Make_djg.mak \
 		src/Make_ivc.mak \
 		src/Make_dvc.mak \
@@ -284,6 +305,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/dosinst.h \
 		src/glbl_ime.cpp \
 		src/glbl_ime.h \
+		src/gui_dwrite.cpp \
+		src/gui_dwrite.h \
 		src/gui_w16.c \
 		src/gui_w32.c \
 		src/gui_w48.c \
@@ -292,6 +315,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/if_ole.cpp \
 		src/if_ole.h \
 		src/if_ole.idl \
+		src/if_perl_msvc/stdbool.h \
 		src/iid_ole.c \
 		src/os_dos.h \
 		src/os_msdos.c \
@@ -331,6 +355,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
+		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		uninstal.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
@@ -421,15 +446,6 @@ SRC_VMS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_vms.mms \
 		vimtutor.com \
 
-# source files for OS/2 (in the extra archive)
-SRC_OS2 =	\
-		src/Make_os2.mak \
-		src/os_os2_cfg.h \
-		src/testdir/Make_os2.mak \
-		src/testdir/todos.vim \
-		src/testdir/os2.vim \
-		src/xxd/Make_os2.mak \
-
 # source files for QNX (in the extra archive)
 SRC_QNX =	\
 		src/os_qnx.c \
@@ -446,7 +462,6 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
 		$(SRC_MAC) \
-		$(SRC_OS2) \
 		$(SRC_QNX) \
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
@@ -465,6 +480,8 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 # runtime files for all distributions
 RT_ALL =	\
 		README.txt \
+		README.md \
+		CONTRIBUTING.md \
 		runtime/bugreport.vim \
 		runtime/doc/*.awk \
 		runtime/doc/*.pl \
@@ -564,6 +581,8 @@ RT_UNIX =	\
 		runtime/vim32x32.xpm \
 		runtime/vim48x48.png \
 		runtime/vim48x48.xpm \
+		runtime/gvim.desktop \
+		runtime/vim.desktop \
 
 # Unix and DOS runtime without CR-LF translation
 RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN =	\

Makefile

@@ -63,9 +63,6 @@ all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags typ
 # amirt		vim##rt.tgz		runtime for Amiga
 # amibin	vim##bin.tgz		binary for Amiga
 #
-# os2bin	vim##os2.zip		binary for OS/2
-#					(use RT from dosrt)
-#
 # farsi		farsi##.zip		Farsi fonts
 #
 #    All output files are created in the "dist" directory.  Existing files are
@@ -89,9 +86,9 @@ MINOR = 4
 #
 # - Update Vim version number.  For a test version in: src/version.h, Contents,
 #   MAJOR/MINOR above, VIMMAJOR and VIMMINOR in src/Makefile, README*.txt,
-#   runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi. Other things in README_os2.txt.  For a
-#   minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def, src/vim16.def,
-#   src/gvim.exe.mnf.
+#   runtime/doc/*.txt and nsis/gvim.nsi.
+#   For a minor/major version: src/GvimExt/GvimExt.reg, src/vim.def,
+#   src/vim16.def, src/gvim.exe.mnf.
 # - Compile Vim with GTK, Perl, Python, Python3, TCL, Ruby, MZscheme, Lua (if
 #   you can make it all work), Cscope and "huge" features.  Exclude workshop
 #   and SNiFF.
@@ -132,36 +129,58 @@ MINOR = 4
 #   flag).
 # - "make amirt", "make amibin".
 #
-# PC:
+# MS-Windows:
 # - Run make on Unix to update the ".mo" files.
-# - "make dossrc" and "make dosrt".  Unpack the archives on a PC.
-# Win32 console version:
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2008, e.g.: "msvc2008.bat"  Or:
-#   "C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 9.0\VC\bin\vcvars32.bat".
+# - > make dossrc
+#   > make dosrt
+#   Unpack dist/vim##rt.zip and dist/vim##src.zip on an MS-Windows PC.
+# Win32 console version build:
+# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2008, e.g.:
+#   > src/msvc2008.bat
+#   Or: 
+#   > C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 9.0\VC\bin\vcvars32.bat
 #   Or, when using the Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat" (adjust the
 #   paths when necessary).
 #   For Windows 98/ME the 2003 version is required, but then the executable
 #   won't work on Windows 7 and 64 bit systems.
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"  (use the same path as for vcvars32.bat)
-# - "rm testdir/*.out", "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test" and check the output.
+# - > cd src
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
+# - Run the tests:
+#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
+#   - check the output.
 # - Rename vim.exe to vimw32.exe, xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe.
 # - Rename vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb.
 # - Rename install.exe to installw32.exe and uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe.
-# Win32 GUI version:
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes"
+# Win32 GUI version build:
+# - > cd src
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
+# - Run the tests:
+#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testgvim
+#   - check the output.
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
-# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
+# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
-# - Run src/bigvim.bat ("nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes OLE=yes IME=yes ...)
+# - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
+# - Build:
+#   > cd src
+#   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
+#   > bigvim.bat
+# - Run the tests:
+#   > rm testdir/*.out testdir/*.res
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testgvim
+#   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
 # - Rename gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
 # - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
 # Create the archives:
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
-# - "make dosbin".
+# - in this directory:
+#   > make dosbin
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
@@ -173,17 +192,23 @@ MINOR = 4
 #   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
 #   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from http://code.google.com/p/vim-win3264/
 #	It is part of vim72.zip as vim72/gvimext.dll.
-# - make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up
-# - go to ../nsis and do "makensis gvim.nsi" (takes a few minutes).
+# - Make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up (get it from a previous Vim
+#   version).
+# - go to ../nsis and do:
+#   > makensis gvim.nsi  (takes a few minutes).
 # - Copy gvim##.exe to the dist directory.
 #
 # 64 bit builds (these are not in the normal distribution, the 32 bit build
 # works just fine on 64 bit systems).
 # Like the console and GUI version, but first run vcvars64.bat or
 #   "..\VC\vcvarsall.bat x86_amd64".
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak"
-# - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes"
-# Or run src/bigvim64.bat for an OLE version.
+# - Build the console version:
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
+# - Build the GUI version:
+#   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
+# - Build the OLE version with interfaces:
+#   > bigvim64.bat
+#
 #
 # OBSOLETE systems: You can build this if you have an appropriate system.
 #
@@ -204,7 +229,7 @@ MINOR = 4
 # - Rename the executables to "vimd32.exe", "xxdd32.exe", "installd32.exe" and
 #   "uninstald32.exe".
 #
-# Win32s GUI version: (requires very old compiler)
+# Win32s GUI version: (requires a very old compiler)
 # - Set environment for Visual C++ 4.1 (requires a new console window):
 #   "vcvars32.bat" (use the path for VC 4.1 e:\msdev\bin)
 # - "nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes INTL=no clean" (use the path for VC 4.1)
@@ -257,7 +282,6 @@ COMMENT_GVIM = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-gvim
 COMMENT_OLE = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-ole
 COMMENT_W32S = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-w32s
 COMMENT_SRC = comment/$(VERSION)-src
-COMMENT_OS2 = comment/$(VERSION)-bin-os2
 COMMENT_HTML = comment/$(VERSION)-html
 COMMENT_FARSI = comment/$(VERSION)-farsi
 
@@ -285,9 +309,6 @@ dist/$(COMMENT_W32S): dist/comment
 dist/$(COMMENT_SRC): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) sources for MS-DOS and MS-Windows" > dist/$(COMMENT_SRC)
 
-dist/$(COMMENT_OS2): dist/comment
-	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) binaries + runtime files for OS/2" > dist/$(COMMENT_OS2)
-
 dist/$(COMMENT_HTML): dist/comment
 	echo "Vim - Vi IMproved - v$(VDOT) documentation in HTML" > dist/$(COMMENT_HTML)
 
@@ -396,7 +417,9 @@ no_title.vim: Makefile
 	echo "set notitle noicon nocp nomodeline viminfo=" >no_title.vim
 
 # MS-DOS sources
-dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
+dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) \
+	runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt \
+	nsis/gvim_version.nsh
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)src.zip
 	-rm -rf dist/vim
 	mkdir dist/vim
@@ -407,10 +430,12 @@ dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 		$(SRC_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(SRC_DOS_UNIX) \
 		runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt \
+		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
 	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
+	# This file needs to be in dos fileformat for NSIS.
+	$(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 	tar cf - \
 		$(SRC_DOS_BIN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
@@ -419,12 +444,21 @@ dossrc: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_SRC) runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt: runtime/doc/uganda.txt
 	cd runtime/doc && $(MAKE) uganda.nsis.txt
 
-dosrt: dist dist/$(COMMENT_RT) dosrt_unix2dos
+nsis/gvim_version.nsh: Makefile
+	echo "# Generated from Makefile: define the version numbers" > $@
+	echo "!ifndef __GVIM_VER__NSH__"  >> $@
+	echo "!define __GVIM_VER__NSH__"  >> $@
+	echo "!define VER_MAJOR $(MAJOR)" >> $@
+	echo "!define VER_MINOR $(MINOR)" >> $@
+	echo "!endif" >> $@
+
+dosrt: dist dist/$(COMMENT_RT) dosrt_files
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)rt.zip
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)rt.zip vim <$(COMMENT_RT)
 
 # Split in two parts to avoid an "argument list too long" error.
-dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
+# We no longer convert the files from unix to dos fileformat.
+dosrt_files: dist prepare no_title.vim
 	-rm -rf dist/vim
 	mkdir dist/vim
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -440,7 +474,6 @@ dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		$(RT_AMI_DOS) \
 		$(LANG_GEN) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	tar cf - \
 		$(RT_UNIX_DOS_BIN) \
 		$(RT_ALL_BIN) \
@@ -463,9 +496,8 @@ dosrt_unix2dos: dist prepare no_title.vim
 	cp libintl.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
 
 
-# Convert runtime files from Unix fileformat to dos fileformat.
 # Used before uploading.  Don't delete the AAPDIR/sign files!
-runtime_unix2dos: dosrt_unix2dos
+runtime_unix2dos: dosrt_files
 	-rm -rf `find runtime/dos -type f -print | sed -e /AAPDIR/d`
 	cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar cf - * \
 		| (cd ../../../runtime/dos; tar xf -)
@@ -481,7 +513,6 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -500,7 +531,6 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -517,7 +547,6 @@ dosbin_d32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D32)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -534,7 +563,6 @@ dosbin_d16: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_D16)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp vimd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
 	cp xxdd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installd16.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
@@ -550,7 +578,6 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_ole.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
@@ -572,7 +599,6 @@ dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
 	tar cf - \
 		$(BIN_DOS) \
 		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
 	cp gvim_w32s.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvim.exe
 	cp xxdd32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp README_w32s.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
@@ -580,21 +606,6 @@ dosbin_s: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32S)
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION)_s.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32S)
 
-os2bin: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OS2)
-	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)os2.zip
-	-rm -rf dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim
-	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	tar cf - \
-		$(BIN_OS2) \
-		| (cd dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR); tar xf -)
-	find dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR) -type f -exec $(VIM) -e -X -u no_title.vim -c ":set tx|wq" {} \;
-	cp vimos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vim.exe
-	cp xxdos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
-	cp teeos2.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
-	cp emx.dll emxlibcs.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
-	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)os2.zip vim <$(COMMENT_OS2)
-
 html: dist dist/$(COMMENT_HTML)
 	-rm -rf dist/vim$(VERSION)html.zip
 	cd runtime/doc && zip -9 -z ../../dist/vim$(VERSION)html.zip *.html <../../dist/$(COMMENT_HTML)

README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+`README.md` for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
+[![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
+[![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
+
+
+## What is Vim? ##
+
+Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
+have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
+on-line help, spell checking, filename completion, block operations, etc.
+There is also a Graphical User Interface (GUI) available.  See
+`runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt` for differences with Vi.
+
+This editor is very useful for editing programs and other plain text files.
+All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
+with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
+defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
+
+Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
+VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
+very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
+
+
+## Distribution ##
+
+You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
+Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
+if you want more features.
+
+There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
+This `README.md` file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
+documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
+Vim you must get either one of the binary archives or a source archive.
+Which one you need depends on the system you want to run it on and whether you
+want or must compile it yourself.  Check http://www.vim.org/download.php for
+an overview of currently available distributions.
+
+
+## Documentation ##
+
+The vim tutor is a one hour training course for beginners.  Mostly it can be
+started as `vimtutor`.  See `:help tutor` for more information.
+
+The best is to use `:help` in Vim.  If you don't have an executable yet, read
+`runtime/doc/help.txt`.  It contains pointers to the other documentation
+files.  The User Manual reads like a book and is recommended to learn to use
+Vim.  See `:help user-manual`.
+
+
+## Copying ##
+
+Vim is Charityware.  You can use and copy it as much as you like, but you are
+encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
+`runtime/doc/uganda.txt` for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
+
+Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
+unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
+text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
+distribute it.
+
+
+## Sponsoring ##
+
+Fixing bugs and adding new features takes a lot of time and effort.  To show
+your appreciation for the work and motivate Bram and others to continue
+working on Vim please send a donation.
+
+Since Bram is back to a paid job the money will now be used to help children
+in Uganda.  See `runtime/doc/uganda.txt`.  But at the same time donations
+increase Bram's motivation to keep working on Vim!
+
+For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
+	http://www.vim.org/sponsor/
+
+
+## Compiling ##
+
+If you obtained a binary distribution you don't need to compile Vim.  If you
+obtained a source distribution, all the stuff for compiling Vim is in the
+`src` directory.  See `src/INSTALL` for instructions.
+
+
+## Installation ##
+
+See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
+
+	README_ami.txt		Amiga
+	README_unix.txt		Unix
+	README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
+	README_mac.txt		Macintosh
+	README_vms.txt		VMS
+
+There are more `README_*.txt` files, depending on the distribution you used.
+
+
+## Contributing ##
+
+If you would like to help making Vim better, see the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/vim/vim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
+
+
+## Information ##
+
+The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
+	http://www.vim.org/
+
+If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
+	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
+	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
+
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
+
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+
+
+## Main author ##
+
+Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>

README.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 README.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
 
-WHAT IS VIM
+WHAT IS VIM?
 
 Vim is an almost compatible version of the UNIX editor Vi.  Many new features
 have been added: multi-level undo, syntax highlighting, command line history,
@@ -14,13 +14,18 @@ All commands are given with normal keyboard characters, so those who can type
 with ten fingers can work very fast.  Additionally, function keys can be
 defined by the user, and the mouse can be used.
 
-Vim runs under Amiga DOS, MS-DOS, MS-Windows (95, 98, Me, NT, 2000, XP, Vista,
-7), Atari MiNT, Macintosh, BeOS, VMS, RISC OS, OS/2 and almost all flavours of
-UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be very difficult.
+Vim runs under MS-DOS, MS-Windows (NT, 2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8, 10), Macintosh,
+VMS and almost all flavours of UNIX.  Porting to other systems should not be
+very difficult.  Older versions of Vim run on MS-Windows 95/98/Me, Amiga DOS,
+Atari MiNT, BeOS, RISC OS and OS/2.  These are no longer maintained.
 
 
 DISTRIBUTION
 
+You can often use your favorite package manager to install Vim.  On Mac and
+Linux a small version of Vim is pre-installed, you still need to install Vim
+if you want more features.
+
 There are separate distributions for Unix, PC, Amiga and some other systems.
 This README.txt file comes with the runtime archive.  It includes the
 documentation, syntax files and other files that are used at runtime.  To run
@@ -82,7 +87,6 @@ See one of these files for system-specific instructions:
 README_ami.txt		Amiga
 README_unix.txt		Unix
 README_dos.txt		MS-DOS and MS-Windows
-README_os2.txt		OS/2
 README_mac.txt		Macintosh
 README_vms.txt		VMS
 
@@ -94,8 +98,9 @@ INFORMATION
 The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 	http://www.vim.org/
 
-If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
-	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
+If you have problems, have a look at the Vim documentation or tips:
+	http://www.vim.org/docs.php
+	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
 
 If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
 lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
@@ -110,6 +115,3 @@ MAIN AUTHOR
 Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 	Bram Moolenaar		E-mail:	Bram@vim.org
-	Finsterruetihof 1
-	8134 Adliswil
-	Switzerland

README_os2.txt

@@ -1,58 +1,5 @@
 README_os2.txt for version 7.4 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
 
-This file explains the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
+This file used to explain the installation of Vim on OS/2 systems.
+However, support for OS/2 has been removed in patch 7.4.1008.
 See "README.txt" for general information about Vim.
-
-
-NOTE: You will need two archives:
-  vim74rt.zip	contains the runtime files (same as for the PC version)
-  vim74os2.zip	contains the OS/2 executables
-
-1. Go to the directory where you want to put the Vim files.  Examples:
-	cd C:\
-	cd D:\editors
-
-2. Unpack the zip archives.  This will create a new directory "vim/vim74",
-   in which all the distributed Vim files are placed.  Since the directory
-   name includes the version number, it is unlikely that you overwrite
-   existing files.
-   Examples:
-	pkunzip -d vim74os2.zip
-	unzip vim74os2.zip
-
-   After you unpacked the files, you can still move the whole directory tree
-   to another location.
-
-3. Add the directory where vim.exe is to your path.  The simplest is to add a
-   line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set path=%path%;C:\vim\vim74
-	set path=%path%;D:\editors\vim\vim74
-
-That's it!
-
-
-Extra remarks:
-
-- To avoid confusion between distributed files of different versions and your
-  own modified vim scripts, it is recommended to use this directory layout:
-  ("C:\vim" is used here as the root, replace with the path you use)
-  Your own files:
-	C:\vim\_vimrc			Your personal vimrc.
-	C:\vim\_viminfo			Dynamic info for 'viminfo'.
-	C:\vim\...			Other files you made.
-  Distributed files:
-	C:\vim\vim74\vim.exe		The Vim version 7.4 executable.
-	C:\vim\vim74\doc\*.txt		The version 7.4 documentation files.
-	C:\vim\vim74\bugreport.vim	A Vim version 7.4 script.
-	C:\vim\vim74\...		Other version 7.4 distributed files.
-  In this case the $VIM environment variable would be set like this:
-	set VIM=C:\vim
-
-- You can put your Vim executable anywhere else.  If the executable is not
-  with the other distributed Vim files, you should set $VIM.  The simplest is
-  to add a line to your autoexec.bat.  Examples:
-	set VIM=c:\vim
-	set VIM=d:\editors\vim
-
-For further information, type this inside Vim:
-	:help os2

appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+version: "{build}"
+
+skip_tags: true
+
+before_build:
+  - '"C:\Program Files\Microsoft SDKs\Windows\v7.1\Bin\SetEnv.cmd" /x64 /release'
+  # Work around for Python 2.7.11's bug
+  - reg copy HKLM\SOFTWARE\Python\PythonCore\2.7 HKLM\SOFTWARE\Python\PythonCore\2.7-32 /s /reg:32
+  - reg copy HKLM\SOFTWARE\Python\PythonCore\2.7 HKLM\SOFTWARE\Python\PythonCore\2.7-32 /s /reg:64
+
+build_script:
+  - cd src
+  - sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
+  - nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=34 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python34-x64
+  - .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver | 0put a | wq!" ver.txt
+  - type ver.txt
+
+test_script:
+  - cd testdir
+  - nmake -f Make_dos.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # NSIS file to create a self-installing exe for Vim.
 # It requires NSIS version 2.0 or later.
-# Last Change:	2010 Jul 30
+# Last Change:	2014 Nov 5
 
 # WARNING: if you make changes to this script, look out for $0 to be valid,
 # because uninstall deletes most files in $0.
@@ -21,8 +21,7 @@
 # comment the next line if you do not want to add Native Language Support
 !define HAVE_NLS
 
-!define VER_MAJOR 7
-!define VER_MINOR 4
+!include gvim_version.nsh	# for version number
 
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
@@ -38,7 +37,7 @@ SetDatablockOptimize on
 RequestExecutionLevel highest
 
 ComponentText "This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer."
-DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (must end in 'vim')"
+DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (should contain 'vim')"
 Icon icons\vim_16c.ico
 # NSIS2 uses a different strategy with six different images in a strip...
 #EnabledBitmap icons\enabled.bmp
@@ -135,11 +134,6 @@ FunctionEnd
 # We only accept the directory if it ends in "vim".  Using .onVerifyInstDir has
 # the disadvantage that the browse dialog is difficult to use.
 Function CheckInstallDir
-  StrCpy $0 $INSTDIR 3 -3
-  StrCmp $0 "vim" PathGood
-    MessageBox MB_OK "The path must end in 'vim'."
-    Abort
-  PathGood:
 FunctionEnd
 
 Function .onInstSuccess

nsis/gvim_version.nsh

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# Generated from Makefile: define the version numbers
+!ifndef __GVIM_VER__NSH__
+!define __GVIM_VER__NSH__
+!define VER_MAJOR 7
+!define VER_MINOR 4
+!endif

runtime/autoload/gzip.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2008 Jul 04
+" Last Change: 2014 Nov 05
 
 " These functions are used by the gzip plugin.
 
@@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmp_esc
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmpe_esc
   endif
+  " Store the OK flag, so that we can use it when writing.
+  let b:uncompressOk = ok
 
   " Restore saved option values.
   let &pm = pm_save
@@ -146,8 +148,10 @@ endfun
 
 " After writing compressed file: Compress written file with "cmd"
 fun gzip#write(cmd)
+  if exists('b:uncompressOk') && !b:uncompressOk
+    echomsg "Not compressing file because uncompress failed; reset b:uncompressOk to compress anyway"
   " don't do anything if the cmd is not supported
-  if s:check(a:cmd)
+  elseif s:check(a:cmd)
     " Rename the file before compressing it.
     let nm = resolve(expand("<afile>"))
     let nmt = s:tempname(nm)

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,49 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+
+" Distinguish between HTML versions.
+" To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
+" proper DOCTYPE.
+function! htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
+  if &filetype == 'xhtml'
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
+  else
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
+  endif
+  let i = 1
+  let line = ""
+  while i < 10 && i < line("$")
+    let line = getline(i)
+    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
+      break
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
+    if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
+    elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
+    else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
+      if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
+      endif
+      if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
+      elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
+      else
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Aug 27, 2013
+" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	14
+" Version:	15
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
 fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   " this call is here largely just to insure that netrw has been loaded
-  call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()
+  call netrw#SavePosn()
   if !exists("g:loaded_netrw")
    echohl WarningMsg | echomsg "***sorry*** netrw needs to be loaded prior to using NetrwSettings" | echohl None
    return
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+  put = 'let g:netrw_servername        = '.g:netrw_servername
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -61,9 +61,16 @@ function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
   " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
   let escaped_lines = []
   for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped       = line
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    let escaped = line
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
+    " within regex matching groups.
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
     let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
   endfor
 

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 "python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009 (small fix 2015 Sep 14 from Debian)
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -377,6 +377,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2013 Jun 19
+" Last Change: 2013 Sep 03
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
   else "{{{
     let win_list = []
     let buf_list = []
-    windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
+    windo if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
     let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
     let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
     for window in win_list

runtime/compiler/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'go'
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=go\ build
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+    \%-G#\ %.%#,
+    \%A%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+    \%A%f:%l:\ %m,
+    \%C%*\\s%m,
+    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/compiler/msvc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	Miscrosoft Visual C
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 30
+" Last Change:	2014 Sep 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -75,6 +75,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	pattern.txt \
 	pi_getscript.txt \
 	pi_gzip.txt \
+	pi_logipat.txt \
 	pi_netrw.txt \
 	pi_paren.txt \
 	pi_spec.txt \
@@ -207,6 +208,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	pattern.html \
 	pi_getscript.html \
 	pi_gzip.html \
+	pi_logipat.html \
 	pi_netrw.html \
 	pi_paren.html \
 	pi_spec.html \
@@ -229,7 +231,6 @@ HTMLS = \
 	starting.html \
 	syntax.html \
 	tabpage.html \
-	tags.html \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	tips.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jan 23
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -259,6 +259,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |Syntax|		when the 'syntax' option has been set
 |EncodingChanged|	after the 'encoding' option has been changed
 |TermChanged|		after the value of 'term' has changed
+|OptionSet|		after setting any option
 
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
@@ -278,6 +279,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
 |ShellFilterPost|	after filtering with a shell command
 
+|CmdUndefined|		a user command is used but it isn't defined
 |FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
 |SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
 |SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
@@ -465,6 +467,16 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
 				(should undo the commands for BufWritePre).
+							*CmdUndefined*
+CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
+				defined.  Useful for defining a command only
+				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
+				against the command name.  Both <amatch> and
+				<afile> are set to the name of the command.
+				NOTE: Autocompletion won't work until the
+				command is defined.  An alternative is to
+				always define the user command and have it
+				invoke an autoloaded function.  See |autoload|.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
@@ -494,6 +506,8 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
 				completion. |ins-completion|
+				The |v:completed_item| variable contains
+				information about the completed item.
 
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
@@ -508,6 +522,11 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				operator.
 				While recording the CursorHold event is not
 				triggered. |q|
+							*<CursorHold>*
+				Internally the autocommand is triggered by the
+				<CursorHold> key. In an expression mapping
+				|getchar()| may see this character.
+
 				Note: Interactive commands cannot be used for
 				this event.  There is no hit-enter prompt,
 				the screen is updated directly (when needed).
@@ -569,7 +588,8 @@ FileChangedRO			Before making the first change to a read-only
 FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 				a file has changed since editing started.
 				Also when the file attributes of the file
-				change. |timestamp|
+				change or when the size of the file changes.
+				|timestamp|
 				Mostly triggered after executing a shell
 				command, but also with a |:checktime| command
 				or when Gvim regains input focus.
@@ -669,6 +689,8 @@ FuncUndefined			When a user function is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the function name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the function.
+				NOTE: When writing Vim scripts a better
+				alternative is to use an autoloaded function.
 				See |autoload-functions|.
 							*GUIEnter*
 GUIEnter			After starting the GUI successfully, and after
@@ -723,6 +745,29 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 					o	Operator-pending
 					i	Insert
 					c	Command line
+							*OptionSet*
+OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
+				matched against the long option name.
+				The |v:option_old| variable indicates the
+				old option value, |v:option_new| variable
+				indicates the newly set value, the
+				|v:option_type| variable indicates whether
+				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
+				indicates what option has been set.
+
+				Is not triggered on startup and for the 'key'
+				option for obvious reasons.
+
+				Usage example: Check for the existence of the
+				directory in the 'backupdir' and 'undodir'
+				options, create the directory if it doesn't
+				exist yet.
+
+				Note: It's a bad idea to reset an option
+				during this autocommand, this may break a
+				plugin. You can always use `:noa` to prevent
+				triggering this autocommand.
+
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
@@ -914,6 +959,13 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
+The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
+command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
+Is equivalent to: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
+	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
+
 The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only
@@ -1020,7 +1072,7 @@ Instead of a pattern buffer-local autocommands use one of these forms:
 Examples: >
     :au CursorHold <buffer>  echo 'hold'
     :au CursorHold <buffer=33>  echo 'hold'
-    :au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
+    :au BufNewFile * au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
 
 All the commands for autocommands also work with buffer-local autocommands,
 simply use the special string instead of the pattern.  Examples: >
@@ -1079,6 +1131,9 @@ name!
 :aug[roup] {name}		Define the autocmd group name for the
 				following ":autocmd" commands.  The name "end"
 				or "END" selects the default group.
+				To avoid confusion, the name should be
+				different from existing {event} names, as this
+				most likely will not do what you intended.
 
 						*:augroup-delete* *E367*
 :aug[roup]! {name}		Delete the autocmd group {name}.  Don't use

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -379,13 +379,51 @@ Adding and subtracting ~
 CTRL-A			Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character at
 			or after the cursor.  {not in Vi}
 
+							*v_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}CTRL-A		Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-A*
+{Visual}g CTRL-A	Add [count] to the number or alphabetic character in
+			the highlighted text. If several lines are
+		        highlighted, each one will be incremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a
+			[count] incrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+			For Example, if you have this list of numbers:
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+				1. ~
+			Move to the second "1." and Visually select three
+			lines, pressing g CTRL-A results in:
+				1. ~
+				2. ~
+				3. ~
+				4. ~
+
 							*CTRL-X*
 CTRL-X			Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character at or after the cursor.  {not in Vi}
 
-The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands work for (signed) decimal numbers, unsigned
-octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
-'nrformats' option.
+							*v_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}CTRL-X		Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
+
+							*v_g_CTRL-X*
+{Visual}g CTRL-X	Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
+			character in the highlighted text. If several lines
+			are highlighted, each value will be decremented by an
+			additional [count] (so effectively creating a [count]
+			decrementing sequence).  {not in Vi}
+
+The CTRL-A and CTRL-X commands can work for:
+- signed and unsigned decimal numbers
+- unsigned binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers
+- alphabetic characters
+
+This depends on the 'nrformats' option:
+- When 'nrformats' includes "bin", Vim assumes numbers starting with '0b' or
+  '0B' are binary.
 - When 'nrformats' includes "octal", Vim considers numbers starting with a '0'
   to be octal, unless the number includes a '8' or '9'.  Other numbers are
   decimal and may have a preceding minus sign.
@@ -399,6 +437,10 @@ octal and hexadecimal numbers and alphabetic characters.  This depends on the
   under or after the cursor.  This is useful to make lists with an alphabetic
   index.
 
+For decimals a leading negative sign is considered for incrementing/
+decrementing, for octal and hex values, it won't be considered.
+To ignore the sign Visually select the number before using CTRL-A or CTRL-X. 
+
 For numbers with leading zeros (including all octal and hexadecimal numbers),
 Vim preserves the number of characters in the number when possible.  CTRL-A on
 "0077" results in "0100", CTRL-X on "0x100" results in "0x0ff".
@@ -410,6 +452,10 @@ octal number.
 Note that when 'nrformats' includes "octal", decimal numbers with leading
 zeros cause mistakes, because they can be confused with octal numbers.
 
+Note similarly, when 'nrformats' includes "bin", binary numbers with a leading
+'0x' or '0X' can be interpreted as hexadecimal rather than binary since '0b'
+are valid hexadecimal digits.
+
 The CTRL-A command is very useful in a macro.  Example: Use the following
 steps to make a numbered list.
 
@@ -597,9 +643,9 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			may add [flags], see |:s_flags|.
 			Note that after `:substitute` the '&' flag can't be
 			used, it's recognized as a pattern separator.
-			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g' and
-			'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts it's a good
-			idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
+			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g',
+			'i', 'I' and 'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts
+			it's a good idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
 
 :[range]~[&][flags] [count]					*:~*
 			Repeat last substitute with same substitute string
@@ -826,6 +872,36 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
   :s/\([ab]\)\|\([cd]\)/\1x/g   modifies "a b c d"  to "ax bx x x"
 <
 
+		*:sc* *:sce* *:scg* *:sci* *:scI* *:scl* *:scp* *:sg* *:sgc*
+		*:sge* *:sgi* *:sgI* *:sgl* *:sgn* *:sgp* *:sgr* *:sI* *:si*
+		*:sic* *:sIc* *:sie* *:sIe* *:sIg* *:sIl* *:sin* *:sIn* *:sIp*
+		*:sip* *:sIr* *:sir* *:sr* *:src* *:srg* *:sri* *:srI* *:srl*
+		*:srn* *:srp*
+2-letter and 3-letter :substitute commands ~
+
+     List of :substitute commands
+     |      c    e    g    i    I    n    p    l    r
+     | c  :sc  :sce :scg :sci :scI :scn :scp :scl  ---
+     | e
+     | g  :sgc :sge :sg  :sgi :sgI :sgn :sgp :sgl :sgr
+     | i  :sic :sie  --- :si  :siI :sin :sip  --- :sir
+     | I  :sIc :sIe :sIg :sIi :sI  :sIn :sIp :sIl :sIr
+     | n
+     | p
+     | l
+     | r  :src  --- :srg :sri :srI :srn :srp :srl :sr
+
+Exceptions:
+     :scr  is  `:scriptnames`
+     :se   is  `:set`
+     :sig  is  `:sign`
+     :sil  is  `:silent`
+     :sn   is  `:snext`
+     :sp   is  `:split`
+     :sl   is  `:sleep`
+     :sre  is  `:srewind`
+
+
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=* *s/\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
@@ -1098,16 +1174,17 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. four read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
-6. the expression register "=
-7. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-8. The black hole register "_
-9. Last search pattern register "/
+5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. alternate buffer register "#
+7. the expression register "=
+8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+9. The black hole register "_
+10. Last search pattern register "/
 
 1. Unnamed register ""				*quote_quote* *quotequote*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
@@ -1153,7 +1230,7 @@ letters to replace their previous contents or as uppercase letters to append
 to their previous contents.  When the '>' flag is present in 'cpoptions' then
 a line break is inserted before the appended text.
 
-5. Read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
+5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
 These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'.  You can use them only with the "p", "P",
 and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 						*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
@@ -1164,8 +1241,6 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		('textwidth' and other options affect what is inserted).
 							*quote_%* *quote%*
 	"%	Contains the name of the current file.
-							*quote_#* *quote#*
-	"#	Contains the name of the alternate file.
 						*quote_:* *quote:* *E30*
 	":	Contains the most recent executed command-line.  Example: Use
 		"@:" to repeat the previous command-line command.
@@ -1174,16 +1249,33 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		the command was completely from a mapping.
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
+							*quote_#* *quote#*
+6. Alternate file register "#
+Contains the name of the alternate file for the current window.  It will
+change how the |CTRL-^| command works.
+This register is writable, mainly to allow for restoring it after a plugin has
+changed it.  It accepts buffer number: >
+    let altbuf = bufnr(@#)
+    ...
+    let @# = altbuf
+It will give error |E86| if you pass buffer number and this buffer does not
+exist.
+It can also accept a match with an existing buffer name: >
+    let @# = 'buffer_name'
+Error |E93| if there is more than one buffer matching the given name or |E94|
+if none of buffers matches the given name.
 
-6. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
+7. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
 This is not really a register that stores text, but is a way to use an
 expression in commands which use a register.  The expression register is
-read-only; you cannot put text into it.  After the '=', the cursor moves to
-the command-line, where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All
-normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
-history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
-computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
-the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
+read-write.
+
+When typing the '=' after " or CTRL-R the cursor moves to the command-line,
+where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All normal
+command-line editing commands are available, including a special history for
+expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim computes the
+result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons the
+expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
 expression (like with the "/" command).
 
 The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
@@ -1196,7 +1288,7 @@ If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.  {not in Vi}
 
-7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems the clipboard
@@ -1218,17 +1310,17 @@ GTK GUI}
 Note: The "~ register is only used when dropping plain text onto Vim.
 Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
 
-8. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
+9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 
-9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
-Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
 |function-search-undo|.
 {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1443,10 +1535,10 @@ When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
 for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
-alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit Backspace first.
 
-When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
-which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a matching end
+part which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
 without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
@@ -1653,7 +1745,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o][b] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.
 
@@ -1673,6 +1765,9 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			With [o] sorting is done on the first octal number in
 			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
 
+			With [b] sorting is done on the first binary number in
+			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
+
 			With [u] only keep the first of a sequence of
 			identical lines (ignoring case when [i] is used).
 			Without this flag, a sequence of identical lines
@@ -1717,8 +1812,8 @@ Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
 The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no
-guarantee that sorting is "stable" or obeys the current locale.  You will have
-to try it out.
+guarantee that sorting obeys the current locale.  You will have to try it out.
+Vim does do a "stable" sort.
 
 The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the
 process you may end up with duplicated lines.  This also depends on the system

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 23
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ history tables:
 These are completely separate.  Each history can only be accessed when
 entering the same type of line.
 Use the 'history' option to set the number of lines that are remembered
-(default: 20).
+(default: 50).
 Notes:
 - When you enter a command-line that is exactly the same as an older one, the
   old one is removed (to avoid repeated commands moving older commands out of
@@ -101,6 +101,11 @@ CTRL-E or <End>					*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>* *c_End*
 							*c_<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>	Move the cursor to the position of the mouse click.
 
+							*c_<MiddleMouse>*
+<MiddleMouse>	Paste the contents of the clipboard (for X11 the primary
+		selection).  This is similar to using CTRL-R *, but no CR
+		characters are inserted between lines.
+
 CTRL-H						*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H* *c_BS*
 <BS>		Delete the character in front of the cursor (see |:fixdel| if
 		your <BS> key does not do what you want).
@@ -511,6 +516,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :argdo
     :autocmd
     :bufdo
+    :cdo
+    :cfdo
     :command
     :cscope
     :debug
@@ -521,6 +528,8 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :help
     :helpfind
     :lcscope
+    :ldo
+    :lfdo
     :make
     :normal
     :perl
@@ -597,6 +606,7 @@ starts editing the three files "foo bar", "goes to" and "school ".
 When you want to use the special characters '"' or '|' in a command, or want
 to use '%' or '#' in a file name, precede them with a backslash.  The
 backslash is not required in a range and in the ":substitute" command.
+See also |`=|.
 
 							*:_!*
 The '!' (bang) character after an Ex command makes the command behave in a
@@ -749,13 +759,13 @@ to insert special things while typing you can use the CTRL-R command.  For
 example, "%" stands for the current file name, while CTRL-R % inserts the
 current file name right away.  See |c_CTRL-R|.
 
-Note: If you want to avoid the special characters in a Vim script you may want
-to use |fnameescape()|.
+Note:  If you want to avoid the effects of special characters in a Vim script
+you may want to use |fnameescape()|.  Also see |`=|.
 
 
 In Ex commands, at places where a file name can be used, the following
 characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
-function expand() |expand()|.
+function |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
 		This is remembered for every window.
@@ -790,6 +800,7 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 	   #			alternate.file
 	   \#			#
 	   \\#			\#
+Also see |`=|.
 
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
@@ -811,13 +822,13 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
-		   When executing a function, is replaced with
-		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
-		   indicated like this:
-		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
-		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
-		   a function.
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with:
+		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]"
+		   function call nesting is indicated like this:
+		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
+		   used inside a function.
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 	           line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
@@ -880,7 +891,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:gs?pat?sub?
 		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
-	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see 
+	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see
 		|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
 		    :!dir <cfile>:S
 		    :call system('chmod +w -- ' . expand('%:S'))
@@ -933,9 +944,8 @@ name).  This is included for backwards compatibility with version 3.0, the
 
 Note: Where a file name is expected wildcards expansion is done.  On Unix the
 shell is used for this, unless it can be done internally (for speed).
-Backticks also work, like in >
+Unless in |restricted-mode|, backticks work also, like in >
 	:n `echo *.c`
-(backtick expansion is not possible in |restricted-mode|)
 But expansion is only done if there are any wildcards before expanding the
 '%', '#', etc..  This avoids expanding wildcards inside a file name.  If you
 want to expand the result of <cfile>, add a wildcard character to it.
@@ -946,6 +956,7 @@ Examples: (alternate file name is "?readme?")
 	:e #.*		:e {files matching "?readme?.*"}
 	:cd <cfile>	:cd {file name under cursor}
 	:cd <cfile>*	:cd {file name under cursor plus "*" and then expanded}
+Also see |`=|.
 
 When the expanded argument contains a "!" and it is used for a shell command
 (":!cmd", ":r !cmd" or ":w !cmd"), the "!" is escaped with a backslash to
@@ -972,6 +983,8 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	/\$home		file "$home" in root directory
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
+Also see |`=|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*
@@ -1084,6 +1097,9 @@ another window, or drag statuslines of other windows.  You can drag the
 statusline of the command-line window itself and the statusline above it.
 Thus you can resize the command-line window, but not others.
 
+The |getcmdwintype()| function returns the type of the command-line being
+edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.
+
 
 AUTOCOMMANDS
 

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -19,7 +19,6 @@ code.
 
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
-Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
 Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 20
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}			 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -132,8 +132,9 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		if the current window does not have 'diff' set then no options
 		in it are changed.
 
-The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using |:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch| , |:diffthis|. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
 	'diff'		off
@@ -181,8 +182,8 @@ hidden buffers.  You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the
 buffer.  If you don't want a buffer to remain used for the diff do ":set
 nodiff" before hiding it.
 
-							*:diffu* *:diffupdate*
-:diffu[pdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
+							*:dif* *:diffupdate*
+:dif[fupdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
 
 Vim attempts to keep the differences updated when you make changes to the
 text.  This mostly takes care of inserted and deleted lines.  Changes within a
@@ -266,13 +267,17 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 		See below for [range].
 
 							*do*
-do		Same as ":diffget" without argument or range.  The "o" stands
-		for "obtain" ("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of
-		"dgg"!). Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]do	Same as ":diffget" without range.  The "o" stands for "obtain"
+		("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of "dgg"!). Note:
+		this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffget".
 
 							*dp*
-dp		Same as ":diffput" without argument or range.
-		Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]dp	Same as ":diffput" without range.  Note: this doesn't work in
+		Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffput".
 
 
 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
@@ -310,6 +315,19 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 
 Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
 
+					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
+For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
+since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
+localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
+g:diff_translations to zero: >
+
+    let g:diff_translations = 0
+<
+After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+
+    set syntax=diff
+<
+
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 12
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -170,6 +170,11 @@ used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is
 used for the euro sign, while both of them are the character 164, 0xa4.  For
 compatibility with zsh Eu can also be used for the euro sign.
 
+ROUBLE
+
+The rouble sign was added in 2014 as 0x20bd.  Vim supports the digraphs =R and
+=P for this.  Note that R= and P= are other characters.
+
 							*digraph-table*
 char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ^@	NU	0x00	  0	NULL (NUL)
@@ -966,6 +971,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ₧	Pt	20A7	8359	PESETA SIGN
 ₩	W=	20A9	8361	WON SIGN
 €	Eu	20AC	8364	EURO SIGN
+₽	=R	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
+₽	=P	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
 ℃	oC	2103	8451	DEGREE CELSIUS
 ℅	co	2105	8453	CARE OF
 ℉	oF	2109	8457	DEGREE FAHRENHEIT
@@ -1077,7 +1084,7 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ⊥	-T	22A5	8869	UP TACK
 ⋅	.P	22C5	8901	DOT OPERATOR
 ⋮	:3	22EE	8942	VERTICAL ELLIPSIS
-⋯       .3      22EF    8943    MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
+⋯	.3	22EF	8943	MIDLINE HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS
 ⌂	Eh	2302	8962	HOUSE
 ⌈	<7	2308	8968	LEFT CEILING
 ⌉	>7	2309	8969	RIGHT CEILING

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 25
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -304,7 +304,8 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
 			Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
 			are supposed to be in a file name.  Trailing
-			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored.
+			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
+			spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
 			Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
 			look for the file.  See the 'path' option for details
 			about relative directories and wildcards.
@@ -411,25 +412,38 @@ Finds files:
 	/usr/include/sys/types.h
 	/usr/inc_old/types.h
 					*backtick-expansion* *`-expansion*
-On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks in the file name,
-for example: >
-	:e `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
-The backslashes before the star are required to prevent "ver*.c" to be
-expanded by the shell before executing the find program.
+On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks for the file name
+argument, for example: >
+	:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
+	:view `ls -t *.patch  \| head -n1`
+The backslashes before the star are required to prevent the shell from
+expanding "ver*.c" prior to execution of the find program.  The backslash
+before the shell pipe symbol "|" prevents Vim from parsing it as command
+termination.
 This also works for most other systems, with the restriction that the
 backticks must be around the whole item.  It is not possible to have text
 directly before the first or just after the last backtick.
 
 							*`=*
-You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
-external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
+You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of as an
+external command, by putting an equal sign right after the first backtick,
+e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
 avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
 does apply like to other wildcards.
+
+Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
+expression, thus this works: >
+	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
+This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
+	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
 breaks also separate names.
+Note that such expressions are only supported in places where a filename is
+expected as an argument to an Ex-command.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -609,7 +623,10 @@ list of the current window.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 :[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
-			Add the {name}s to the argument list.
+:[count]arga[dd]
+			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
+			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
+			list.
 			If [count] is omitted, the {name}s are added just
 			after the current entry in the argument list.
 			Otherwise they are added after the [count]'th file.
@@ -619,7 +636,8 @@ list of the current window.
 				:argadd x	a b x c
 				:0argadd x	x a b c
 				:1argadd x	a x b c
-				:99argadd x	a b c x
+				:$argadd x	a b c x
+				:+2argadd y	a b c x y
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice.
 			The currently edited file is not changed.
@@ -641,11 +659,19 @@ list of the current window.
 <			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
-:{range}argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+			Example: >
+				:10,$argdel
+<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9. >
+				:$argd
+<			Deletes just the last one. >
+				:argd
+				:.argd
+<			Deletes the current argument. >
+				:%argd
+<			Removes all the files from the arglist.
 			When the last number in the range is too high, up to
-			the last argument is deleted.  Example: >
-				:10,1000argdel
-<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9.
+			the last argument is deleted.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
@@ -820,8 +846,9 @@ current window.  The two windows then share this list, until one of them uses
 USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 
 						*:argdo*
-:argdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]argdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list or
+			if [range] is specified only for arguments in that
+			range.  It works like doing this: >
 				:rewind
 				:{cmd}
 				:next
@@ -841,7 +868,8 @@ USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 			each file.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
-			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo| and |:bufdo|.
+			Also see |:windo|, |:tabdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|,
+			|:cfdo| and |:lfdo|
 
 Example: >
 	:args *.c
@@ -1077,9 +1105,12 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.  See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.  {not in Vi}
 
-:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when visible buffers have
-			changes.  Does not exit when there are changed hidden
-			buffers.  Use ":qall!" to exit always.
+:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when currentl buffer has
+			changes.  If this is the last window and there is a
+			modified hidden buffer, the current buffer is
+			abandoned and the first changed hidden buffer becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			Use ":qall!" to exit always.
 
 :cq[uit]		Quit always, without writing, and return an error
 			code.  See |:cq|.  Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see
@@ -1346,7 +1377,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
 - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@.  You can enter them with
   "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000" {Vi cannot handle <Nul> characters in the
   file}
-- To insert a <NL> character in the file split up a line.  When writing the
+- To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line.  When writing the
   buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>.
 - Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none.
   Setting the 'binary' option prevents this.  If you want to add the final
@@ -1362,11 +1393,22 @@ cannot be read without the right key.
 {only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*
 
 The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
+However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a
+password.  You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to
+lose your work.  The undo file can be disabled without much disadvantage. >
+	:set noundofile
+	:noswapfile edit secrets
 
 Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
 to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
-":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is not encrypted, this may reveal
-it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is also not encrypted, this may
+reveal it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+
+You could do this to edit very secret text: >
+	:set noundofile viminfo=
+	:noswapfile edit secrets.txt
+Keep in mind that without a swap file you risk losing your work in the event
+of a crash or a power failure.
 
 WARNING: If you make a typo when entering the key and then write the file and
 exit, the text will be lost!
@@ -1393,18 +1435,23 @@ To disable the encryption, reset the 'key' option to an empty value: >
 	:set key=
 
 You can use the 'cryptmethod' option to select the type of encryption, use one
-of these two: >
-	:setlocal cm=zip       " weak method, backwards compatible
-	:setlocal cm=blowfish  " strong method
+of these: >
+	:setlocal cm=zip        " weak method, backwards compatible
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish   " method with flaws
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish2  " medium strong method
+
 Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
-To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
-|vimrc| file: >
-	set cm=zip
-	set cm=blowfish
+
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+file: >
+	set cm=blowfish2
+Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you
+must use an older Vim version that does not support it.
+
 The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
-using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish, etc.
 
 When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
 in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
@@ -1439,7 +1486,7 @@ lines to "/etc/magic", "/usr/share/misc/magic" or wherever your system has the
      0	string	VimCrypt~	Vim encrypted file
      >9	string	01	- "zip" cryptmethod
      >9	string	02	- "blowfish" cryptmethod
-
+     >9	string	03	- "blowfish2" cryptmethod
 
 Notes:
 - Encryption is not possible when doing conversion with 'charconvert'.
@@ -1463,20 +1510,25 @@ Notes:
 - Pkzip uses the same encryption as 'cryptmethod' "zip", and US Govt has no
   objection to its export.  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this
   algorithm in detail.
+- The implementation of 'cryptmethod' "blowfish" has a flaw.  It is possible
+  to crack the first 64 bytes of a file and in some circumstances more of the
+  file. Use of it is not recommended, but it's still the strongest method
+  supported by Vim 7.3 and 7.4.  The "zip" method is even weaker.
 - Vim originates from the Netherlands.  That is where the sources come from.
   Thus the encryption code is not exported from the USA.
 
 ==============================================================================
 10. Timestamps					*timestamp* *timestamps*
 
-Vim remembers the modification timestamp of a file when you begin editing it.
-This is used to avoid that you have two different versions of the same file
-(without you knowing this).
+Vim remembers the modification timestamp, mode and size of a file when you
+begin editing it.  This is used to avoid that you have two different versions
+of the same file (without you knowing this).
 
-After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps are
-compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will run any associated
-|FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for any files that have
-changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input focus.
+After a shell command is run (|:!cmd| |suspend| |:read!| |K|) timestamps,
+file modes and file sizes are compared for all buffers in a window.   Vim will
+run any associated |FileChangedShell| autocommands or display a warning for
+any files that have changed.  In the GUI this happens when Vim regains input
+focus.
 
 							*E321* *E462*
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*farsi.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Mortaza Ghassab Shiran
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ o  Toggling between Farsi ISIR-3342 standard encoding and Vim Farsi via F9
    right-to-left mode, this function is also supported only in right-to-left
    mode.
 
-Farsi Fonts					*farsi fonts*
+Farsi Fonts					*farsi-fonts*
 -----------
 
 The following files are found in the subdirectories of the '$VIM/farsi/fonts'
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Note:
 	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
 
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute )
+	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
 
 Restrictions
 ------------

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Local mappings:
 	to the end of the file in Normal mode.  This means "> " is inserted in
 	each line.
 
-MAN							*ft-man-plugin* *:Man*
+MAN					*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *man.vim*
 
 Displays a manual page in a nice way.  Also see the user manual
 |find-manpage|.
@@ -577,6 +577,13 @@ Global mapping:
 Local mappings:
 CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
 CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
+q		Same as ":quit"
+
+To enable folding use this: >
+  	let g:ft_man_folding_enable = 1
+If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
+folding style instead.  For example: >
+        autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 04
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ These are the conditions with which the expression is evaluated:
 			lowest.
   "="			use fold level from the previous line
   "a1", "a2", ..	add one, two, .. to the fold level of the previous
-			line
+			line, use the result for the current line
   "s1", "s2", ..	subtract one, two, .. from the fold level of the
-			previous line
+			previous line, use the result for the next line
   "<1", "<2", ..	a fold with this level ends at this line
   ">1", ">2", ..	a fold with this level starts at this line
 
@@ -122,6 +122,18 @@ method can be very slow!
 Try to avoid the "=", "a" and "s" return values, since Vim often has to search
 backwards for a line for which the fold level is defined.  This can be slow.
 
+An example of using "a1" and "s1": For a multi-line C comment, a line
+containing "/*" would return "a1" to start a fold, and a line containing "*/"
+would return "s1" to end the fold after that line: >
+  if match(thisline, '/\*') >= 0
+    return 'a1'
+  elseif match(thisline, '\*/') >= 0
+    return 's1'
+  else
+    return '='
+  endif
+However, this won't work for single line comments, strings, etc.
+
 |foldlevel()| can be useful to compute a fold level relative to a previous
 fold level.  But note that foldlevel() may return -1 if the level is not known
 yet.  And it returns the level at the start of the line, while a fold might
@@ -365,7 +377,7 @@ zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
 		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
-zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
+zm		Fold more: Subtract |v:count1| from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
 		already zero nothing happens.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
@@ -374,7 +386,7 @@ zM		Close all folds: set 'foldlevel' to 0.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
 							*zr*
-zr		Reduce folding: Add one to 'foldlevel'.
+zr		Reduce folding: Add |v:count1| to 'foldlevel'.
 
 							*zR*
 zR		Open all folds.  This sets 'foldlevel' to highest fold level.
@@ -573,8 +585,9 @@ what you type!
 When using an operator, a closed fold is included as a whole.  Thus "dl"
 deletes the whole closed fold under the cursor.
 
-For Ex commands the range is adjusted to always start at the first line of a
-closed fold and end at the last line of a closed fold.  Thus this command: >
+For Ex commands that work on buffer lines the range is adjusted to always
+start at the first line of a closed fold and end at the last line of a closed
+fold.  Thus this command: >
 	:s/foo/bar/g
 when used with the cursor on a closed fold, will replace "foo" with "bar" in
 all lines of the fold.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -452,9 +452,10 @@ detailed elsewhere: see |'mouse'|, |win32-hidden-menus|.
 You can drag and drop one or more files into the Vim window, where they will
 be opened as normal.  See |drag-n-drop|.
 
-							*:simalt* *:si*
+							*:simalt* *:sim*
 :sim[alt] {key}		simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
 			{not in Vi} {only for Win32 versions}
+			Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag.
 
 Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
 number of possible mappings.  This clashes with the standard use of Alt as the

runtime/doc/hangulin.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,8 @@
-*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2009 Jun 24
+*hangulin.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Chi-Deok Hwang and Sung-Hyun Nam
 
-NOTE: The |+hangul_input| feature is scheduled to be removed.  If you want to
-keep it, please send a message to the Vim user maillist.
-
 
 Introduction					*hangul*
 ------------
@@ -17,7 +14,8 @@ Compile
 -------
 Next is a basic option.  You can add any other configure option. >
 
-   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-fontset --enable-hangulinput
+   ./configure --with-x --enable-multibyte --enable-hangulinput \
+            --disable-xim
 
 And you should check feature.h.  If |+hangul_input| feature is enabled
 by configure, you can select more options such as keyboard type, 2 bulsik
@@ -26,18 +24,21 @@ or 3 bulsik.  You can find keywords like next in there. >
 	#define HANGUL_DEFAULT_KEYBOARD 2
 	#define ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE
 	/* #define X_LOCALE */
-	/* #define SLOW_XSERVER */
 
 Environment variables
 ---------------------
-You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko or ko_KR.euc.
+You should set LANG variable to Korean locale such as ko, ko_KR.eucKR
+or ko_KR.UTF-8.
 If you set LC_ALL variable, it should be set to Korean locale also.
 
 VIM resource
 ------------
-You should add nexts to your global vimrc ($HOME/.vimrc). >
+You may want to set 'encoding' and 'fileencodings'.
+Next are examples: >
 
-	:set fileencoding=korea
+	:set encoding=euc-kr
+	:set encoding=utf-8
+	:set fileencodings=ucs-bom,utf-8,cp949,euc-kr,latin1
 
 Keyboard
 --------
@@ -52,8 +53,16 @@ If both are set, VIM_KEYBOARD has higher priority.
 
 Hangul Fonts
 ------------
-You can set text font using $HOME/.Xdefaults or in your gvimrc file.
-But to use Hangul, you should set 'guifontset' in your vimrc.
+If you use GTK version of GVIM, you should set 'guifont' and 'guifontwide'.
+For example: >
+    set guifont=Courier\ 12
+    set guifontwide=NanumGothicCoding\ 12
+
+If you use Motif or Athena version of GVIM, you should set 'guifontset' in
+your vimrc.  You can set fontset in the .Xdefaults file.
+
+$HOME/.gvimrc: >
+    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
 
 $HOME/.Xdefaults: >
     Vim.font: english_font
@@ -66,40 +75,38 @@ $HOME/.Xdefaults: >
     *international: True
     Vim*fontList: english_font;hangul_font:
 
-$HOME/.gvimrc: >
-    set guifontset=english_font,hangul_font
-
 attention! the , (comma) or ; (semicolon)
 
 And there should be no ':set guifont'.  If it exists, then Gvim ignores
 ':set guifontset'.  It means VIM runs without fontset supporting.
 So, you can see only English.  Hangul does not be correctly displayed.
 
-After 'fontset' feature is enabled, VIM does not allow using 'font'.
+After 'fontset' feature is enabled, VIM does not allow using english
+font only in 'font' setting for syntax.
 For example, if you use >
    :set guifontset=eng_font,your_font
 in your .gvimrc, then you should do for syntax >
    :hi Comment guifg=Cyan font=another_eng_font,another_your_font
 If you just do >
    :hi Comment font=another_eng_font
-then you can see a GOOD error message.  Be careful!
+then you can see a error message.  Be careful!
 
 hangul_font width should be twice than english_font width.
 
 Unsupported Feature
 -------------------
-Johab font not yet supported.  And I don't have any plan.
-If you really want to use johab font, you can use the
-hanguldraw.c in gau package.
+We don't support Johab font.
+We don't support Hanja input.
+And We don't have any plan to support them.
 
-Hanja input not yet supported.  And I don't have any plan.
-If you really want to input hanja, just use VIM with hanterm.
+If you really need such features, you can use console version of VIM with a
+capable terminal emulator.
 
 Bug or Comment
 --------------
 Send comments, patches and suggestions to:
 
-				    Chi-Deok Hwang <hwang@mizi.co.kr>
 				    SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
+				    Chi-Deok Hwang <...>
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 21
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Command-line editing	  c_	   :help c_<Del>
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
+		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
@@ -196,6 +197,7 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
 |pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_logipat.txt|   Logical operators on patterns
 |pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
 |pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
+						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
+:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]
 			Search all help text files and make a list of lines

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 04
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 6. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
 7. Window userdata		|lua-window|
 8. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
+9. Dynamic loading		|lua-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -399,5 +400,24 @@ Examples: >
 	:echo Rand(1,10)
 
 
+==============================================================================
+9. Dynamic loading				    *lua-dynamic*
+
+On MS-Windows and Unix the Lua library can be loaded dynamically.  The
+|:version| output then includes |+lua/dyn|.
+
+This means that Vim will search for the Lua DLL or shared library file only
+when needed.  When you don't use the Lua interface you don't need it, thus
+you can use Vim without this file.
+
+On MS-Windows to use the Lua interface the Lua DLL must be in your search path.
+In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.  The version
+of the DLL must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
+
+On Unix the 'luadll' option can be used to specify the Lua shared library file
+instead of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL file what was specified at compile time.  The
+version of the shared library must match the Lua version Vim was compiled with.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ files in it.
 --remote-silent "+call cursor(10, 27)"
 	      - Places the cursor on line 10 column 27
 In Vim >
-   :h --remote-silent for mor details
+   :h --remote-silent for more details
 
 [.Net remarks provided by Dave Fishburn and Brian Sturk]
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Oct 05
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -290,5 +290,13 @@ The name of the DLL must match the Perl version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "perl512.dll".  That is for Perl 5.12.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "perl\d*.dll\c".
 
+
+Unix ~
+
+The 'perldll' option can be used to specify the Perl shared library file
+instead of DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL file what was specified at compile time.  The
+version of the shared library must match the Perl version Vim was compiled
+with.
+
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 10
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
-					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
+					*:python* *:py* *E263* *E264* *E887*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
 			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
 			the `:python` command is working: >
@@ -679,20 +679,26 @@ functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 ==============================================================================
 9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
-On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
-output then includes |+python/dyn|.
+On MS-Windows and Unix the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The
+|:version| output then includes |+python/dyn| or |+python3/dyn|.
 
-This means that Vim will search for the Python DLL file only when needed.
-When you don't use the Python interface you don't need it, thus you can use
-Vim without this DLL file.
+This means that Vim will search for the Python DLL or shared library file only
+when needed.  When you don't use the Python interface you don't need it, thus
+you can use Vim without this file.
 
-To use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search path.  In a
-console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
+On MS-Windows to use the Python interface the Python DLL must be in your search
+path.  In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
 
 The name of the DLL must match the Python version Vim was compiled with.
 Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
+On Unix the 'pythondll' or 'pythonthreedll' option can be used to specify the
+Python shared library file instead of DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL or
+DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL file what were specified at compile time.  The version of
+the shared library must match the Python 2.x or Python 3 version Vim was
+compiled with.
+
 ==============================================================================
 10. Python 3						*python3*
 

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ The Ruby Interface to Vim				*ruby* *Ruby*
 
 
 1. Commands			|ruby-commands|
-2. The VIM module		|ruby-vim|
-3. VIM::Buffer objects		|ruby-buffer|
-4. VIM::Window objects		|ruby-window|
+2. The Vim module		|ruby-vim|
+3. Vim::Buffer objects		|ruby-buffer|
+4. Vim::Window objects		|ruby-window|
 5. Global variables		|ruby-globals|
 6. Dynamic loading		|ruby-dynamic|
 
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Example Vim script: >
 	ruby << EOF
 	class Garnet
 		def initialize(s)
-			@buffer = VIM::Buffer.current
+			@buffer = Vim::Buffer.current
 			vimputs(s)
 		end
 		def vimputs(s)
@@ -74,19 +74,19 @@ Example Vim script: >
 Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. The VIM module					*ruby-vim*
+2. The Vim module					*ruby-vim*
 
-Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
+Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "Vim" module.
 
-Overview >
+Overview: >
 	print "Hello"			      # displays a message
-	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an Ex command
-	num = VIM::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
-	w = VIM::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
-	cw = VIM::Window.current	      # gets the current window
-	num = VIM::Buffer.count		      # gets the number of buffers
-	b = VIM::Buffer[n]		      # gets buffer "n"
-	cb = VIM::Buffer.current	      # gets the current buffer
+	Vim.command(cmd)		      # execute an Ex command
+	num = Vim::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
+	w = Vim::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
+	cw = Vim::Window.current	      # gets the current window
+	num = Vim::Buffer.count		      # gets the number of buffers
+	b = Vim::Buffer[n]		      # gets buffer "n"
+	cb = Vim::Buffer.current	      # gets the current buffer
 	w.height = lines		      # sets the window height
 	w.cursor = [row, col]		      # sets the window cursor position
 	pos = w.cursor			      # gets an array [row, col]
@@ -96,38 +96,42 @@ Overview >
 	b[n] = str			      # sets a line in the buffer
 	b.delete(n)			      # deletes a line
 	b.append(n, str)		      # appends a line after n
-	line = VIM::Buffer.current.line       # gets the current line
-	num = VIM::Buffer.current.line_number # gets the current line number
-	VIM::Buffer.current.line = "test"     # sets the current line number
+	line = Vim::Buffer.current.line       # gets the current line
+	num = Vim::Buffer.current.line_number # gets the current line number
+	Vim::Buffer.current.line = "test"     # sets the current line number
 <
 
 Module Functions:
 
 							*ruby-message*
-VIM::message({msg})
+Vim::message({msg})
 	Displays the message {msg}.
 
 							*ruby-set_option*
-VIM::set_option({arg})
+Vim::set_option({arg})
 	Sets a vim option.  {arg} can be any argument that the ":set" command
 	accepts.  Note that this means that no spaces are allowed in the
 	argument!  See |:set|.
 
 							*ruby-command*
-VIM::command({cmd})
+Vim::command({cmd})
 	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*ruby-evaluate*
-VIM::evaluate({expr})
+Vim::evaluate({expr})
 	Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
-	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as a string.
-	A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
-	line breaks.
+	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as:
+	- a Integer if the Vim expression evaluates to a number
+	- a Float if the Vim expression evaluates to a float
+	- a String if the Vim expression evaluates to a string
+	- a Array if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim list
+	- a Hash if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary
+	Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. VIM::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*
+3. Vim::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*
 
-VIM::Buffer objects represent vim buffers.
+Vim::Buffer objects represent vim buffers.
 
 Class Methods:
 
@@ -155,9 +159,9 @@ line_number     Returns the number of the current line if the buffer is
 		active.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. VIM::Window objects					*ruby-window*
+4. Vim::Window objects					*ruby-window*
 
-VIM::Window objects represent vim windows.
+Vim::Window objects represent vim windows.
 
 Class Methods:
 
@@ -195,6 +199,8 @@ This means that Vim will search for the Ruby DLL file or shared library only
 when needed.  When you don't use the Ruby interface you don't need it, thus
 you can use Vim even though this library file is not on your system.
 
+MS-Windows ~
+
 You need to install the right version of Ruby for this to work.  You can find
 the package to download from:
 http://www.garbagecollect.jp/ruby/mswin32/en/download/release.html
@@ -212,5 +218,12 @@ and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
 You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
 strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.
 
+Unix ~
+
+The 'rubydll' option can be used to specify the Ruby shared library file
+instead of DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL file what was specified at compile time.  The
+version of the shared library must match the Ruby version Vim was compiled
+with.
+
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 05
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ two spaces relative to the opening paren:
 	  baz)
 <
 Setting this option changes this behavior so that all subforms are aligned to
-the same column:
+the same column, emulating the default behavior of clojure-mode.el:
 >
 	(foo
 	 bar
@@ -698,7 +698,6 @@ This option is off by default.
 	let g:clojure_align_subforms = 0
 <
 
-
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
 Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
@@ -813,7 +812,7 @@ OPTIONS: ~
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
 global variables:
 
-								*php-comment*
+					*php-comment* *PHP_autoformatcomment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
 own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
@@ -822,6 +821,7 @@ Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
 added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_outdentSLComments*
 To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
     :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
 
@@ -833,6 +833,7 @@ Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
     /* Comment */
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_default_indenting*
 To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
@@ -852,14 +853,18 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 (Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
-To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
-    :let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
+							*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+To indent PHP escape tags as the surrounding non-PHP code (only affects the
+PHP escape tags): >
+:let g:PHP_outdentphpescape = 0
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
 To automatically remove '\r' characters when the 'fileformat' is set to Unix: >
     :let g:PHP_removeCRwhenUnix = 1
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
 To indent braces at the same level than the code they contain: >
     :let g:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel = 1
     
@@ -878,6 +883,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------
 
+							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 22
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -702,12 +702,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g'|		g'{mark}	1  like |'| but without changing the jumplist
 |g`|		g`{mark}	1  like |`| but without changing the jumplist
 |gstar|		g*		1  like "*", but without using "\<" and "\>"
+|g+|		g+		   go to newer text state N times
+|g,|		g,		1  go to N newer position in change list
+|g-|		g-		   go to older text state N times
 |g0|		g0		1  when 'wrap' off go to leftmost character of
 				   the current line that is on the screen;
 				   when 'wrap' on go to the leftmost character
 				   of the current screen line
 |g8|		g8		   print hex value of bytes used in UTF-8
 				   character under the cursor
+|g;|		g;		1  go to N older position in change list
 |g<|		g<		   display previous command output
 |g?|		g?		2  Rot13 encoding operator
 |g?g?|		g??		2  Rot13 encode current line
@@ -736,6 +740,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   the screen; when 'wrap' on go to the
 				   leftmost non-white character of the current
 				   screen line
+|g_|		g_		1  cursor to the last CHAR N - 1 lines lower
 |ga|		ga		   print ascii value of character under the
 				   cursor
 |gd|		gd		1  go to definition of word under the cursor
@@ -1133,6 +1138,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cc|		:cc		go to specific error
 |:cclose|	:ccl[ose]	close quickfix window
 |:cd|		:cd		change directory
+|:cdo|		:cdo		execute command in each valid error list entry
+|:cfdo|		:cfd[o]		execute command in each file in error list
 |:center|	:ce[nter]	format lines at the center
 |:cexpr|	:cex[pr]	read errors from expr and jump to first
 |:cfile|	:cf[ile]	read file with error messages and jump to first
@@ -1244,6 +1251,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:gvim|		:gv[im]		start the GUI
 |:hardcopy|	:ha[rdcopy]	send text to the printer
 |:help|		:h[elp]		open a help window
+|:helpclose|	:helpc[lose]	close one help window
 |:helpfind|	:helpf[ind]	dialog to open a help window
 |:helpgrep|	:helpg[rep]	like ":grep" but searches help files
 |:helptags|	:helpt[ags]	generate help tags for a directory
@@ -1290,6 +1298,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
 |:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
 |:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
+|:ldo|		:ld[o]		execute command in valid location list entries
+|:lfdo|		:lfd[o]		execute command in each file in location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
 |:leftabove|	:lefta[bove]	make split window appear left or above
 |:let|		:let		assign a value to a variable or option
@@ -1361,13 +1371,14 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:nmenu|	:nme[nu]	add menu for Normal mode
 |:nnoremap|	:nn[oremap]	like ":noremap" but for Normal mode
 |:nnoremenu|	:nnoreme[nu]	like ":noremenu" but for Normal mode
-|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following command don't trigger autocommands
+|:noautocmd|	:noa[utocmd]	following commands don't trigger autocommands
 |:noremap|	:no[remap]	enter a mapping that will not be remapped
 |:nohlsearch|	:noh[lsearch]	suspend 'hlsearch' highlighting
 |:noreabbrev|	:norea[bbrev]	enter an abbreviation that will not be
 				remapped
 |:noremenu|	:noreme[nu]	enter a menu that will not be remapped
 |:normal|	:norm[al]	execute Normal mode commands
+|:noswapfile|	:nos[wapfile]	following commands don't create a swap file
 |:number|	:nu[mber]	print lines with line number
 |:nunmap|	:nun[map]	like ":unmap" but for Normal mode
 |:nunmenu|	:nunme[nu]	remove menu for Normal mode
@@ -1463,7 +1474,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 				buffer list
 |:sbrewind|	:sbr[ewind]	split window and go to first file in the
 				buffer list
-|:scriptnames|	:scrip[tnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
+|:scriptnames|	:scr[iptnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
 |:scriptencoding| :scripte[ncoding]	encoding used in sourced Vim script
 |:scscope|	:scs[cope]	split window and execute cscope command
 |:set|		:se[t]		show or set options

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 12
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Sep 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ char		action	~
 		abbreviation.
 		Note: If your <Esc> key is hard to hit on your keyboard, train
 		yourself to use CTRL-[.
+		If Esc doesn't work and you are using a Mac, try CTRL-Esc.
+		Or disable Listening under Accessibility preferences.
 						*i_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		Quit insert mode, go back to Normal mode.  Do not check for
 		abbreviations.  Does not trigger the |InsertLeave| autocommand
@@ -79,9 +81,11 @@ CTRL-W		Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
 		joining lines).  See the section "word motions",
 		|word-motions|, for the definition of a word.
 						*i_CTRL-U*
-CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters in the current line (see
-		|i_backspacing| about joining lines).
-
+CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters before the cursor in the current
+		line.  If there are no newly entered characters and
+		'backspace' is not empty, delete all characters before the
+		cursor in the current line.
+		See |i_backspacing| about joining lines.
 						*i_CTRL-I* *i_<Tab>* *i_Tab*
 <Tab> or CTRL-I Insert a tab.  If the 'expandtab' option is on, the
 		equivalent number of spaces is inserted (use CTRL-V <Tab> to
@@ -148,7 +152,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 	CTRL-R a		results in "ac".
 	CTRL-R CTRL-R a		results in "ab^Hc".
 <		Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply.  If
-		you also want to avoid these, use "<C-R><C-O>r", see below.
+		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -373,6 +377,9 @@ CTRL-O		execute one command, return to Insert mode   *i_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-\ CTRL-O	like CTRL-O but don't move the cursor	     *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-O*
 CTRL-L		when 'insertmode' is set: go to Normal mode  *i_CTRL-L*
 CTRL-G u	break undo sequence, start new change	     *i_CTRL-G_u*
+CTRL-G U	don't break undo with next left/right cursor *i_CTRL-G_U*
+		movement (but only if the cursor stays
+		within same the line)
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Note: If the cursor keys take you out of Insert mode, check the 'noesckeys'
@@ -412,6 +419,28 @@ that, with CTRL-O u.  Another example: >
 This breaks undo at each line break.  It also expands abbreviations before
 this.
 
+An example for using CTRL-G U: >
+
+	inoremap <Left>  <C-G>U<Left>
+	inoremap <Right> <C-G>U<Right>
+	inoremap <expr> <Home> col('.') == match(getline('.'), '\S') + 1 ?
+	 \ repeat('<C-G>U<Left>', col('.') - 1) :
+	 \ (col('.') < match(getline('.'), '\S') ?
+	 \     repeat('<C-G>U<Right>', match(getline('.'), '\S') + 0) :
+	 \     repeat('<C-G>U<Left>', col('.') - 1 - match(getline('.'), '\S')))
+	inoremap <expr> <End> repeat('<C-G>U<Right>', col('$') - col('.'))
+	inoremap ( ()<C-G>U<Left>
+
+This makes it possible to use the cursor keys in Insert mode, without breaking
+the undo sequence and therefore using |.| (redo) will work as expected. 
+Also entering a text like (with the "(" mapping from above): >
+
+   Lorem ipsum (dolor
+
+will be repeatable by the |.|to the expected
+
+   Lorem ipsum (dolor)
+
 Using CTRL-O splits undo: the text typed before and after it is undone
 separately.  If you want to avoid this (e.g., in a mapping) you might be able
 to use CTRL-R = |i_CTRL-R|.  E.g., to call a function: >
@@ -1302,7 +1331,7 @@ HTML							*ft-html-omni*
 XHTML							*ft-xhtml-omni*
 
 CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.  It is
-designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
+designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also work for
 other versions of HTML. Features:
 
 - after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 17
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,10 +135,11 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
-This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
-e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
-to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
+This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
+the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
+send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Aug 22
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ modes.
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
 			allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
 
-
-:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:no*  *:noremap*
-:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
-:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
-:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
-:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		*:snor* *:snoremap*
-:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:ono* *:onoremap*
-:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:ino* *:inoremap*
-:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+						*:nore* *:norem*
+:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|	*:no*  *:noremap* *:nor*
+:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|	*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
+:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|	*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
+:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|	*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|	*:ono* *:onoremap*
+:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|	*:no!* *:noremap!*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -306,9 +306,21 @@ is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
 to type a count with a zero.
 
 						*map-overview* *map-modes*
-Overview of which map command works in which mode:
+Overview of which map command works in which mode.  More details below.
+     COMMANDS                    MODES ~
+:map   :noremap  :unmap     Normal, Visual, Select, Operator-pending
+:nmap  :nnoremap :nunmap    Normal
+:vmap  :vnoremap :vunmap    Visual and Select
+:smap  :snoremap :sunmap    Select
+:xmap  :xnoremap :xunmap    Visual
+:omap  :onoremap :ounmap    Operator-pending
+:map!  :noremap! :unmap!    Insert and Command-line
+:imap  :inoremap :iunmap    Insert
+:lmap  :lnoremap :lunmap    Insert, Command-line, Lang-Arg
+:cmap  :cnoremap :cunmap    Command-line
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 				       Normal  Visual+Select  Operator-pending ~
 :map   :noremap   :unmap   :mapclear	 yes	    yes		   yes
 :nmap  :nnoremap  :nunmap  :nmapclear	 yes	     -		    -
@@ -324,7 +336,7 @@ NOTE: Mapping a printable character in Select mode may confuse the user.  It's
 better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 :sunmap after defining the mapping.
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Visual    Select ~
 :vmap  :vnoremap  :vunmap  :vmapclear	    yes      yes
 :xmap  :xnoremap  :xunmap  :xmapclear	    yes       -
@@ -333,7 +345,7 @@ better to explicitly use :xmap and :smap for printable characters.  Or use
 			*mapmode-ic* *mapmode-i* *mapmode-c* *mapmode-l*
 Some commands work both in Insert mode and Command-line mode, some not:
 
-    commands:				      modes: ~
+    COMMANDS				      MODES ~
 					  Insert  Command-line	Lang-Arg ~
 :map!  :noremap!  :unmap!  :mapclear!	    yes	       yes	   -
 :imap  :inoremap  :iunmap  :imapclear	    yes		-	   -
@@ -816,12 +828,10 @@ Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 	  let &selection = "inclusive"
 	  let reg_save = @@
 
-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use '< and '> marks.
-	    silent exe "normal! `<" . a:type . "`>y"
+	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
+	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
 	  elseif a:type == 'line'
 	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  elseif a:type == 'block'
-	    silent exe "normal! `[\<C-V>`]y"
 	  else
 	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
 	  endif
@@ -913,9 +923,11 @@ Examples: ({CURSOR} is where you type a non-keyword character) >
 <		"test;;"	  is not expanded
 		"test ;;"	  is expanded to "test <endofline>"
 
-To avoid the abbreviation in insert mode: Type part of the abbreviation, exit
-insert mode with <Esc>, re-enter insert mode with "a" and type the rest.  Or
-type CTRL-V before the character after the abbreviation.
+To avoid the abbreviation in Insert mode: Type CTRL-V before the character
+that would trigger the abbreviation.  E.g. CTRL-V <Space>.  Or type part of
+the abbreviation, exit insert mode with <Esc>, re-enter insert mode with "a"
+and type the rest.
+
 To avoid the abbreviation in Command-line mode: Type CTRL-V twice somewhere in
 the abbreviation to avoid it to be replaced.  A CTRL-V in front of a normal
 character is mostly ignored otherwise.
@@ -1273,6 +1285,8 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 
+Note: That some completion methods might expand environment variables.
+
 
 Custom completion			*:command-completion-custom*
 					*:command-completion-customlist*
@@ -1344,6 +1358,19 @@ Possible attributes are:
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
 
+					*E889* *:command-addr*
+It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
+by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
+relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
+
+Possible values are:
+	-addr=lines		Range of lines (this is the default)
+	-addr=arguments		Range for arguments
+	-addr=buffers		Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
+	-addr=loaded_buffers	Range for loaded buffers
+	-addr=windows		Range for windows
+	-addr=tabs		Range for tab pages
+
 Special cases				*:command-bang* *:command-bar*
 					*:command-register* *:command-buffer*
 There are some special cases as well:

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@ CTRL-H		or					*CTRL-H* *<BS>*
 l		or					*l*
 <Right>		or					*<Right>* *<Space>*
 <Space>			[count] characters to the right.  |exclusive| motion.
+			See the 'whichwrap' option for adjusting the behavior
+			at end of line
 
 							*0*
 0			To the first character of the line.  |exclusive|

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -306,7 +306,12 @@ bufID		Buffer number.  A message may be either for a specific buffer
 		or generic.  Generic messages use a bufID of zero.  NOTE: this
 		buffer ID is assigned by the IDE, it is not Vim's buffer
 		number.  The bufID must be a sequentially rising number,
-		starting at one.
+		starting at one.  When the 'switchbuf' option is set to
+		"usetab" and the "bufID" buffer is not found in the current
+		tab page, the netbeans commands and functions that set this
+		buffer as the current buffer will jump to the first open
+		window that contains this buffer in other tab pages instead of
+		replacing the buffer in the current window.
 
 seqno		The IDE uses a sequence number for Commands and Functions.  A
 		Reply must use the sequence number of the Function that it is
@@ -470,7 +475,7 @@ raise		Bring the editor to the foreground.
 		New in version 2.1.
 
 removeAnno serNum
-		Remove a previously place annotation for this buffer.
+		Remove a previously placed annotation for this buffer.
 		"serNum" is the same number used in addAnno.
 
 save		Save the buffer when it was modified.  The other side of the

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 04
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -50,18 +50,26 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}&vi	Reset option to its Vi default value. {not in Vi}
 :se[t] {option}&vim	Reset option to its Vim default value. {not in Vi}
 
-:se[t] all&		Set all options, except terminal options, to their
-			default value.  The values of 'term', 'lines' and
-			'columns' are not changed. {not in Vi}
+:se[t] all&		Set all options to their default value.  The values of 
+			these options are not changed:
+			  all terminal options, starting with t_
+			  'columns'
+			  'cryptmethod'
+			  'encoding'
+			  'key'
+			  'lines'
+			  'term'
+			  'ttymouse'
+			  'ttytype'
+			Warning: This may have a lot of side effects.
+			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:set-args* *E487* *E521*
 :se[t] {option}={value}		or
 :se[t] {option}:{value}
 			Set string or number option to {value}.
 			For numeric options the value can be given in decimal,
-			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0')
-			(hex and octal are only available for machines which
-			have the strtol() function).
+ 			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
 			The old value can be inserted by typing 'wildchar' (by
 			default this is a <Tab> or CTRL-E if 'compatible' is
 			set).  See |cmdline-completion|.
@@ -538,11 +546,11 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
-{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
+{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
+	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
+	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -730,8 +738,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
 	It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
 	or selected.
-	This option is provided for backward compatibility with the Vim
-	released with Sun ONE Studio 4 Enterprise Edition.
 	Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
 
 				*'arabic'* *'arab'* *'noarabic'* *'noarab'*
@@ -790,7 +796,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line.
 	When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
 	a different way.
-	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and
+	restored when 'paste' is reset.
 	{small difference from Vi: After the indent is deleted when typing
 	<Esc> or <CR>, the cursor position when moving up or down is after the
 	deleted indent; Vi puts the cursor somewhere in the deleted indent}.
@@ -921,7 +928,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupcopy'* *'bkc'*
 'backupcopy' 'bkc'	string	(Vi default for Unix: "yes", otherwise: "auto")
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
 	done.  This is a comma separated list of words.
@@ -1128,6 +1135,47 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	expression evaluates to a |List| this is equal to using each List item
 	as a string and putting "\n" in between them.
 
+						*'belloff'* *'bo'*
+'belloff' 'bo'		string	(default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	Specifies for which events the bell will not be rung. It is a comma
+	separated list of items. For each item that is present, the bell
+	will be silenced. This is most useful to specify specific events in
+	insert mode to be silenced.
+
+	item	    meaning when present	~
+	all	    All events.
+	backspace   When hitting <BS> or <Del> and deleting results in an
+		    error.
+	cursor	    Fail to move around using the cursor keys or
+		    <PageUp>/<PageDown> in |Insert-mode|.
+	complete    Error occurred when using |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-K| or
+		    |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-T|.
+	copy	    Cannot copy char from insert mode using |i_CTRL-Y| or
+		    |i_CTRL-E|.
+	ctrlg	    Unknown Char after <C-G> in Insert mode.
+	error	    Other Error occurred (e.g. try to join last line)
+		    (mostly used in |Normal-mode| or |Cmdline-mode|).
+	esc	    hitting <Esc> in |Normal-mode|.
+	ex	    In |Visual-mode|, hitting |Q| results in an error.
+	hangul	    Error occurred when using hangul input.
+	insertmode  Pressing <Esc> in 'insertmode'.
+	lang	    Calling the beep module for Lua/Mzscheme/TCL.
+	mess	    No output available for |g<|.
+	showmatch   Error occurred for 'showmatch' function.
+	operator    Empty region error |cpo-E|.
+	register    Unknown register after <C-R> in |Insert-mode|.
+	shell	    Bell from shell output |:!|.
+	spell	    Error happened on spell suggest.
+	wildmode    More matches in |cmdline-completion| available
+		    (depends on the 'wildmode' setting).
+
+	This is most useful, to fine tune when in insert mode the bell should
+	be rung. For normal mode and ex commands, the bell is often rung to
+	indicate that an error occurred. It can be silenced by adding the
+	"error" keyword.
+
 				     *'binary'* *'bin'* *'nobinary'* *'nobin'*
 'binary' 'bin'		boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -1200,6 +1248,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
 
+				*'breakindent'* *'bri'* *'nobreakindent'* *'nobri'*
+'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
+	space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
+	of text.
+
+						*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
+'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default empty)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
+	items and must be separated by a comma:
+		min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
+			    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
+			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
+			    text indented almost to the right window border
+			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+		shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
+			    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
+			    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
+			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
+			    continuation (positive).
+		sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the 
+			    additional indent.
+	The default value for min is 20 and shift is 0.
+
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
@@ -1288,6 +1368,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
 			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |:cd|
 			command.
+	both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+			triggered as usual for |:edit|.
 							*E676*
 	"acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
 	"nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
@@ -1788,6 +1871,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
+		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
+		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
+
+	   noselect Do not select a match in the menu, force the user to
+		    select one from the menu. Only works in combination with
+		    "menu" or "menuone".
+
 
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
 'concealcursor' 'cocu'	string (default: "")
@@ -2189,7 +2280,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'cryptmethod'* *'cm'*
-'cryptmethod'		string	(default "zip")
+'cryptmethod' 'cm'	string	(default "zip")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Method used for encryption when the buffer is written to a file:
@@ -2197,10 +2288,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   zip		PkZip compatible method.  A weak kind of encryption.
 			Backwards compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.
 							*blowfish*
-	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Strong encryption.  Requires Vim 7.3
-			or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.
-			This adds a "seed" to the file, every time you write
-			the file the encrypted bytes will be different.
+	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption but it has
+			an implementation flaw.  Requires Vim 7.3 or later,
+			files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.  This adds
+			a "seed" to the file, every time you write the file
+			the encrypted bytes will be different.
+							*blowfish2*
+	   blowfish2	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption.  Requires
+			Vim 7.4.399 or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.3
+			and older.  This adds a "seed" to the file, every time
+			you write the file the encrypted bytes will be
+			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
+			the pieces of text.
 
 	When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
 	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write it
@@ -2624,15 +2723,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	When writing a file and this option is off and the 'binary' option
-	is on, no <EOL> will be written for the last line in the file.  This
-	option is automatically set when starting to edit a new file, unless
-	the file does not have an <EOL> for the last line in the file, in
-	which case it is reset.  Normally you don't have to set or reset this
-	option.  When 'binary' is off the value is not used when writing the
-	file.  When 'binary' is on it is used to remember the presence of a
-	<EOL> for the last line in the file, so that when you write the file
-	the situation from the original file can be kept.  But you can change
-	it if you want to.
+	is on, or 'fixeol' option is off, no <EOL> will be written for the
+	last line in the file.  This option is automatically set or reset when
+	starting to edit a new file, depending on whether file has an <EOL>
+	for the last line in the file.  Normally you don't have to set or
+	reset this option.
+	When 'binary' is off and 'fixeol' is on the value is not used when
+	writing the file.  When 'binary' is on or 'fixeol' is off it is used
+	to remember the presence of a <EOL> for the last line in the file, so
+	that when you write the file the situation from the original file can
+	be kept.  But you can change it if you want to.
 
 			     *'equalalways'* *'ea'* *'noequalalways'* *'noea'*
 'equalalways' 'ea'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -2673,7 +2773,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	makes a difference for error messages, the bell will be used always
 	for a lot of errors without a message (e.g., hitting <Esc> in Normal
 	mode).  See 'visualbell' on how to make the bell behave like a beep,
-	screen flash or do nothing.
+	screen flash or do nothing. See 'belloff' to finetune when to ring the
+	bell.
 
 						*'errorfile'* *'ef'*
 'errorfile' 'ef'	string	(Amiga default: "AztecC.Err",
@@ -2735,6 +2836,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<Tab>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
 	when 'autoindent' is on.  To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
 	on, use CTRL-V<Tab>.  See also |:retab| and |ins-expandtab|.
+	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and restored when
+	the 'paste' option is reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 					*'exrc'* *'ex'* *'noexrc'* *'noex'*
@@ -2912,8 +3015,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
-	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+	     if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
 	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
@@ -3017,6 +3120,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  fold:c	Folded			|hl-Folded|
 	  diff:c	DiffDelete		|hl-DiffDelete|
 
+		*'fixendofline'* *'fixeol'* *'nofixendofline'* *'nofixeol'*
+'fixendofline' 'fixeol'	boolean	(default on)
+			local to buffer
+			{not in Vi}
+	When writing a file and this option is on, <EOL> at the end of file
+	will be restored if missing. Turn this option off if you want to
+	preserve the situation from the original file.
+	When the 'binary' option is set the value of this option doesn't
+	matter.
+	See the 'endofline' option.
+
 					*'fkmap'* *'fk'* *'nofkmap'* *'nofk'*
 'fkmap' 'fk'		boolean (default off)			*E198*
 			global
@@ -3298,7 +3412,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
 	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
 
-						*'fsync'* *'fs'*
+					*'fsync'* *'fs'* *'nofsync'* *'nofs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -3329,7 +3443,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
-'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
+'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
@@ -3381,7 +3495,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
 	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
 	horizontal cursor.
-	For a console the 't_SI' and 't_EI' escape sequences are used.
+	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
+	used.
 
 	The option is a comma separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
 	mode-list and an argument-list:
@@ -3920,12 +4035,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
-'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 20, Vi default: 0)
+'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
-	are remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
+	is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
 	each of these histories (see |cmdline-editing|).
+	The maximum value is 10000.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -3968,6 +4084,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original icon will be
 	restored if possible |X11|.  See |X11-icon| for changing the icon on
 	X11.
+	For MS-Windows the icon can be changed, see |windows-icon|.
 
 						*'iconstring'*
 'iconstring'		string	(default "")
@@ -3992,7 +4109,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Ignore case in search patterns.  Also used when searching in the tags
 	file.
-	Also see 'smartcase'.
+	Also see 'smartcase' and 'tagcase'.
 	Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
 	|/ignorecase|.
 
@@ -4492,6 +4609,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
+	Also consider setting 'langnoremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
+	characters resulting from a mapping.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 	Example (for Greek, in UTF-8):				*greek*  >
 	    :set langmap=ΑA,ΒB,ΨC,ΔD,ΕE,ΦF,ΓG,ΗH,ΙI,ΞJ,ΚK,ΛL,ΜM,ΝN,ΟO,ΠP,QQ,ΡR,ΣS,ΤT,ΘU,ΩV,WW,ΧX,ΥY,ΖZ,αa,βb,ψc,δd,εe,φf,γg,ηh,ιi,ξj,κk,λl,μm,νn,οo,πp,qq,ρr,σs,τt,θu,ωv,ςw,χx,υy,ζz
@@ -4545,6 +4666,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
 <	Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
 
+			*'langnoremap'* *'lnr'* *'nolangnoremap'* *'nolnr'*
+'langnoremap' 'lnr'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
+			feature}
+	When on, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
+	a mapping.  This basically means, if you noticed that setting
+	'langmap' disables some of your mappings, try setting this option.
+	This option defaults to off for backwards compatibility.  Set it on if
+	that works for you to avoid mappings to break.
+
 					*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
 'laststatus' 'ls'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -4572,12 +4705,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
-	If on Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
+	If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
 	than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
 	'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
-	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.  The
-	value of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines.
-	This option is not used when the 'wrap' option is off or 'list' is on.
+	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
+	If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
+	of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
+	is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
 	Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
 	with the right amount of white space.
 
@@ -4658,33 +4792,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
-	  						*lcs-eol*
+							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
-	  						*lcs-tab*
+							*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
-	  						*lcs-trail*
+							*lcs-space*
+	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
+			are left blank.
+							*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
-			trailing spaces are blank.
-	  						*lcs-extends*
+			trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space"
+			setting for trailing spaces.
+							*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
-	  						*lcs-precedes*
+							*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
-	  						*lcs-conceal*
+							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
-	  						*lcs-nbsp*
-	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
-			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
+							*lcs-nbsp*
+	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
 	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
@@ -4695,7 +4834,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
 	    :set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
 <	The "NonText" highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
-	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "tab" and "trail".
+	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "space", "tab" and "trail".
 	|hl-NonText| |hl-SpecialKey|
 
 			*'lpl'* *'nolpl'* *'loadplugins'* *'noloadplugins'*
@@ -4708,6 +4847,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
 	reset this option. |-u| |--noplugin|
 
+						*'luadll'*
+'luadll' 		string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi} {only for Unix}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+lua/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the path of the Lua shared library instead of DYNAMIC_LUA_DLL
+	what was specified at compile time.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 						*'macatsui'* *'nomacatsui'*
 'macatsui'		boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -5276,19 +5426,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the 'paste' option is switched on (also when it was already on):
 		- mapping in Insert mode and Command-line mode is disabled
 		- abbreviations are disabled
-		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
-		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 		- 'autoindent' is reset
-		- 'smartindent' is reset
-		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'expandtab' is reset
+		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
 		- 'revins' is reset
 		- 'ruler' is reset
 		- 'showmatch' is reset
-		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
+		- 'smartindent' is reset
+		- 'smarttab' is reset
+		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
+		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 	These options keep their value, but their effect is disabled:
-		- 'lisp'
-		- 'indentexpr'
 		- 'cindent'
+		- 'indentexpr'
+		- 'lisp'
 	NOTE: When you start editing another file while the 'paste' option is
 	on, settings from the modelines or autocommands may change the
 	settings again, causing trouble when pasting text.  You might want to
@@ -5333,7 +5485,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
 	the resulting new version of the file.  See |diff-patchexpr|.
 
-						*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E206*
+					*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E205* *E206*
 'patchmode' 'pm'	string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -5409,6 +5561,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Replace the ';' with a ':' or whatever separator is used.  Note that
 	this doesn't work when $INCL contains a comma or white space.
 
+						*'perldll'*
+'perldll' 		string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi} {only for Unix}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+perl/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the path of the Perl shared library instead of
+	DYNAMIC_PERL_DLL what was specified at compile time.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 			*'preserveindent'* *'pi'* *'nopreserveindent'* *'nopi'*
 'preserveindent' 'pi'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
@@ -5535,6 +5698,27 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
 
+						*'pythondll'*
+'pythondll' 		string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi} {only for Unix}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+python/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the path of the Python 2.x shared library instead of
+	DYNAMIC_PYTHON_DLL what was specified at compile time.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'pythonthreedll'*
+'pythonthreedll'	string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi} {only for Unix}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+python3/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the path of the Python 3 shared library instead of
+	DYNAMIC_PYTHON3_DLL what was specified at compile time.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 						*'quoteescape'* *'qe'*
 'quoteescape' 'qe'	string	(default "\")
@@ -5581,6 +5765,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
 	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
 	for debugging the regexp engine.
+	Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
+	default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
+	many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
+	a complex pattern with long text.
 
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -5614,6 +5802,77 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	this option at the default "on".  Only switch it off when working with
 	old Vi scripts.
 
+                                               *'renderoptions'* *'rop'*
+'renderoptions' 'rop'	string  (default: empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI and DIRECTX on
+			MS-Windows}
+	Select a text renderer and set its options.  The options depend on the
+	renderer.
+
+	Syntax: >
+		set rop=type:{renderer}(,{name}:{value})*
+<
+	Currently, only one optional renderer is available.
+
+	render	behavior    ~
+	directx	Vim will draw text using DirectX (DirectWrite).  It makes
+		drawn glyphs more beautiful than default GDI.
+		It requires 'encoding' is "utf-8", and only works on
+		MS-Windows Vista or newer version.
+
+		Options:
+		  name	    meaning		type	value       ~
+		  gamma	    gamma		float	1.0 - 2.2 (maybe)
+		  contrast  enhancedContrast	float	(unknown)
+		  level	    clearTypeLevel	float	(unknown)
+		  geom	    pixelGeometry	int	0 - 2 (see below)
+		  renmode   renderingMode	int	0 - 6 (see below)
+		  taamode   textAntialiasMode	int	0 - 3 (see below)
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx
+
+		For geom: structure of a device pixel.
+		  0 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_FLAT
+		  1 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_RGB
+		  2 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_BGR
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx
+
+		For renmode: method of rendering glyphs.
+		  0 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_ALIASED
+		  2 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_CLASSIC
+		  3 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_NATURAL
+		  4 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL
+		  5 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL_SYMMETRIC
+		  6 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_OUTLINE
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx
+
+		For taamode: antialiasing mode used for drawing text.
+		  0 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_CLEARTYPE
+		  2 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_GRAYSCALE
+		  3 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_ALIASED
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx
+
+		Example: >
+		  set encoding=utf-8
+		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12:cSHIFTJIS
+		  set rop=type:directx
+<
+		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys) to
+		'guifont', it fallbacks to be drawn by GDI automatically.
+
+	Other render types are currently not supported.
+
 						*'report'*
 'report'		number	(default 2)
 			global
@@ -5646,7 +5905,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards.  See "typing
 	backwards" |ins-reverse|.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
 	command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
-	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' or 'paste' is set.
+	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'rightleft'* *'rl'* *'norightleft'* *'norl'*
 'rightleft' 'rl'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -5678,6 +5939,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This is useful for languages such as Hebrew, Arabic and Farsi.
 	The 'rightleft' option must be set for 'rightleftcmd' to take effect.
 
+						*'rubydll'*
+'rubydll' 		string	(default empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi} {only for Unix}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+ruby/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the path of the Ruby shared library instead of
+	DYNAMIC_RUBY_DLL what was specified at compile time.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 					 *'ruler'* *'ru'* *'noruler'* *'noru'*
 'ruler' 'ru'		boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -5702,7 +5974,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated with a dash.
 	For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
 	For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
-	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
 	you are, use "g CTRL-G" |g_CTRL-G|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -6252,6 +6525,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
 		is found.
 	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
+		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
+		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+	  q     use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -6338,7 +6615,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
 	show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
 	A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
-	seen or not).  This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	seen or not).
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
 	will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
 	See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
@@ -6447,8 +6726,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
 	When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
 	right.
-	NOTE: 'smartindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.  When 'paste'
-	is set smart indenting is disabled.
+	NOTE: 'smartindent' is reset when 'compatible' is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'smarttab'* *'sta'* *'nosmarttab'* *'nosta'*
 'smarttab' 'sta'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -6464,6 +6744,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	What gets inserted (a <Tab> or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
 	option.  Also see |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the
 	number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
@@ -6478,7 +6760,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
 	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
-	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
+	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
 	The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
@@ -6619,6 +6902,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			top of the suggestion list with the internal methods.
 			Lines without a slash are ignored, use this for
 			comments.
+			The word in the second column must be correct,
+			otherwise it will not be used.  Add the word to an
+			".add" file if it is currently flagged as a spelling
+			mistake.
 			The file is used for all languages.
 
 	expr:{expr}	Evaluate expression {expr}.  Use a function to avoid
@@ -6795,7 +7082,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
 	completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set. >
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
-<
+<							*g:actual_curbuf*
 	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.  The current buffer and current window will be set
 	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
@@ -6882,6 +7169,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	immediately deleted.  When 'swapfile' is set, and 'updatecount' is
 	non-zero, a swap file is immediately created.
 	Also see |swap-file| and |'swapsync'|.
+	If you want to open a new buffer without creating a swap file for it,
+	use the |:noswapfile| modifier.
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -6919,6 +7208,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
 			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
 			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
+	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -7049,19 +7339,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	[The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]
 
 	When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
-	files listed in 'tags', and 'ignorecase' is set or a pattern is used
+	files listed in 'tags', and case is ignored or a pattern is used
 	instead of a normal tag name, a retry is done with a linear search.
 	Tags in unsorted tags files, and matches with different case will only
 	be found in the retry.
 
 	If a tag file indicates that it is case-fold sorted, the second,
-	linear search can be avoided for the 'ignorecase' case.  Use a value
-	of '2' in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be
-	case-fold sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in
-	the command: "sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version
-	5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used
-	for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this
-	to work.
+	linear search can be avoided when case is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
+	in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be case-fold
+	sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
+	"sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version 5.x or higher
+	(at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used for this as
+	well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this to work.
+
+	By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
+	'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
+	"ignore".
 
 	When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
 	exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
@@ -7073,6 +7366,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	command-line completion and ":help").
 	{Vi: always uses binary search in some versions}
 
+							*'tagcase'* *'tc'*
+'tagcase' 'tc'		string	(default "followic")
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
+			{not in Vi}
+	This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
+	file:
+	   followic	Follow the 'ignorecase' option
+	   ignore	Ignore case
+	   match	Match case
+
 						*'taglength'* *'tl'*
 'taglength' 'tl'	number	(default 0)
 			global
@@ -7175,14 +7478,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
-	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
-	when it differs from the ANSI codepage.
 								*E617*
 	Note: This does not apply to the GTK+ 2 GUI.  After the GUI has been
 	successfully initialized, 'termencoding' is forcibly set to "utf-8".
 	Any attempts to set a different value will be rejected, and an error
 	message is shown.
-	For the Win32 GUI 'termencoding' is not used for typed characters,
+	For the Win32 GUI and console versions 'termencoding' is not used,
 	because the Win32 system always passes Unicode characters.
 	When empty, the same encoding is used as for the 'encoding' option.
 	This is the normal value.
@@ -7232,8 +7533,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
 	broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
-	this.  'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.  When
-	'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
+	this.
+	'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
+	When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
 	'formatoptions' and |ins-textwidth|.
 	When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
 	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -7502,8 +7805,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				"s"  = button state
 				"c"  = column plus 33
 				"r"  = row plus 33
-			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec" for a
-			solution.
+			This only works up to 223 columns!  See "dec",
+			"urxvt", and "sgr" for solutions.
 	   xterm2	Works like "xterm", but with the xterm reporting the
 			mouse position while the mouse is dragged.  This works
 			much faster and more precise.  Your xterm must at
@@ -7525,29 +7828,35 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
 							*urxvt-mouse*
 	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+			The mouse works only if the terminal supports this
+			encoding style, but it does not have 223 columns limit
+			unlike "xterm" or "xterm2".
 							*sgr-mouse*
 	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
-			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
-			later.
+			mouse reporting.  The mouse works even in columns
+			beyond 223.  This option is backward compatible with
+			"xterm2" because it can also decode "xterm2" style
+			mouse codes.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
-	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
+	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm| |+mouse_jsbterm| |+mouse_urxvt|
+	|+mouse_sgr|.
 	Only "xterm"(2) is really recognized.  NetTerm mouse codes are always
 	recognized, if enabled at compile time.  DEC terminal mouse codes
 	are recognized if enabled at compile time, and 'ttymouse' is not
-	"xterm" (because the xterm and dec mouse codes conflict).
+	"xterm", "xterm2", "urxvt" or "sgr" (because dec mouse codes conflict
+	with them).
 	This option is automatically set to "xterm", when the 'term' option is
-	set to a name that starts with "xterm", and 'ttymouse' is not "xterm"
-	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
-	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
-	handle xterm mouse codes.
-	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
+	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", or "screen", and
+	'ttymouse' is not set already.
+	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
+	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
+	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
-	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
-	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
-	xterm version number.  Otherwise "xterm2" must be set explicitly.
-	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" automatically, set
-	t_RV to an empty string: >
+	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
+	277 or highter.
+	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
+	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=
 <
 						*'ttyscroll'* *'tsl'*
@@ -7613,6 +7922,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	current buffer: >
 		setlocal ul=-1
 <	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
+
+	The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
+
 	Also see |clear-undo|.
 
 						*'undoreload'* *'ur'*
@@ -7720,6 +8032,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			fold options
 	   options	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
 			global values for local options)
+	   localoptions same as "options"
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
@@ -7762,9 +8075,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	%	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
 		started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
 		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
-		buffer list is restored from the viminfo file.  Buffers
-		without a file name and buffers for help files are not written
-		to the viminfo file.
+		buffer list is restored from the viminfo file.  Quickfix
+		('buftype'), unlisted ('buflisted'), unnamed and buffers on
+		removable media (|viminfo-r|) are not saved.
 		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
 		number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
 		buffers are stored.
@@ -8245,6 +8558,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Options that add a margin, such as 'number' and 'foldcolumn', cause
 	the text width to be further reduced.  This is Vi compatible.
 	When 'textwidth' is non-zero, this option is not used.
+	This option is set to 0 when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste'
+	is reset.
 	See also 'formatoptions' and |ins-textwidth|.  {Vi: works differently
 	and less usefully}
 

runtime/doc/os_os2.txt

@@ -1,221 +1,13 @@
-*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2007 Apr 22
+*os_os2.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Slootman
 
 
 							*os2* *OS2* *OS/2*
-This file contains the particularities for the OS/2 version of Vim.
+This file used to contain the particularities for the OS/2 version of Vim.
 
-At present there is no native PM version of the GUI version of Vim: The OS/2
-version is a console application.  However, there is now a Win32s-compatible
-GUI version, which should be usable by owners of Warp 4 (which supports
-Win32s) in a Win-OS/2 session.  The notes in this file refer to the native
-console version.
+The OS/2 support was removed in patch 7.4.1008.
 
 
-NOTE
-
-This OS/2 port works well for me and a couple of other OS/2 users; however,
-since I haven't had much feedback, that either means no (OS/2-specific) bugs
-exist (besides the ones mentioned below), or no one has yet created a
-situation in which any bugs are apparent.  File I/O in Dos and Unix mode,
-binary mode, and FAT handling all seem to work well, which would seem to be
-the most likely places for trouble.
-
-A known problem is that files opened by Vim are inherited by other programs
-that are started via a shell escape from within Vim.  This specifically means
-that Vim won't be able to remove the swap file(s) associated with buffers open
-at the time the other program was started, until the other program is stopped.
-At that time, the swap file may be removed, but if Vim could not do that the
-first time, it won't be removed at all.  You'll get warnings that some other
-Vim session may be editing the file when you start Vim up again on that file.
-This can be reproduced with ":!start epm".  Now quit Vim, and start Vim again
-with the file that was in the buffer at the time epm was started.  I'm working
-on this!
-
-A second problem is that Vim doesn't understand the situation when using it
-when accessing the OS/2 system via the network, e.g. using telnet from a Unix
-system, and then starting Vim.  The problem seems to be that OS/2 =sometimes=
-recognizes function / cursor keys, and tries to convert those to the
-corresponding OS/2 codes generated by the "normal" PC keyboard.  I've been
-testing a workaround (mapping the OS/2 codes to the correct functions), but so
-far I can't say anything conclusive (this is on Warp 3, by the way).  In the
-meantime any help will be appreciated.
-
-
-PREREQUISITES
-
-To run Vim, you need the emx runtime environment (at least rev. 0.9b).  This
-is generally available as (ask Archie about it):
-
-    emxrt.zip     emx runtime package
-
-I've included a copy of emx.dll, which should be copied to one of the
-directories listed in your LIBPATH.  Emx is GPL'ed, but the emx.dll library is
-not (read COPYING.EMX to find out what that means to you).
-
-This emx.dll is from the emxfix04.zip package, which unfortunately has a bug,
-eh, I mean a POSIX feature, in select().  Versions of Vim before 3.27 will
-appear to hang when starting (actually, while processing vimrc).  Hit <Enter> a
-couple of times until Vim starts working if this happens.  Next, get an up to
-date version of Vim!
-
-
-HELP AND VIMRC FILE
-
-If you unpack the archive that Vim came in and run Vim directly from where it
-was unpacked, Vim should be able to find the runtime files and your .vimrc
-without any settings.
-
-If you put the runtime files separately from the binary, the VIM environment
-variable is used to find the location of the help files and the system .vimrc.
-Place an entry such as this in CONFIG.SYS: >
-
-  SET VIM=c:/local/lib/vim
-
-Put your .vimrc and your other Vim files in this directory.  Copy the runtime
-directory to this directory.  Each version of Vim has its own runtime
-directory.  It will be called something like "c:/local/lib/vim/vim54".  Thus
-you get a tree of Vim files like this:
-	c:/local/lib/vim/.vimrc
-	c:/local/lib/vim/vim54/filetype.vim
-	c:/local/lib/vim/vim54/doc/help.txt
-	etc.
-
-Note: .vimrc may also be called _vimrc to accommodate those who have chosen to
-install OS/2 on a FAT file system.  Vim first tries to find .vimrc and if that
-fails, looks for _vimrc in the same place.  The existence of a .vimrc or
-_vimrc file influences the 'compatible' options, which can have unexpected side
-effects.  See |'compatible'|.
-
-If you're using network drives with OS/2, then you can install Vim on a
-network drive (including .vimrc; this is then called the "system" vimrc file),
-and then use a personal copy of .vimrc (the "user" vimrc file).  This should be
-located in a directory indicated by the HOME environment variable.
-
-
-ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES IN FILE NAMES
-
-This HOME environment variable is also used when using ~ in file names, so
-":e ~/textfile" will edit the file "textfile" in the directory referred to by
-HOME.  Additionally you can use other environment variables in file names, as
-in ":n $SRC/*.c".
-
-The HOME environment variable is also used to locate the .viminfo file
-(see |viminfo-file|).  There is no support yet for .viminfo on FAT file
-systems yet, sorry.  You could try the -i startup flag (as in "vim -i
-$HOME/_viminfo") however.
-
-If the HOME environment variable is not set, the value "C:/" is used as a
-default.
-
-
-BACKSLASHES
-
-Using slashes ('/') and backslashes ('\') can be a bit of a problem (see
-|dos-backslash| for more explanation), but in almost all cases Vim does "The
-Right Thing".  Vim itself uses backslashes in file names, but will happily
-accept forward slashes if they are entered (in fact, sometimes that works
-better!).
-
-
-TEMP FILES
-
-Temporary files (for filtering) are put in the first directory in the next
-list that exists and where a file can be created:
-	$TMP
-	$TEMP
-	C:\TMP
-	C:\TEMP
-	current directory
-
-
-TERMINAL SETTING
-
-							*os2ansi*
-Use "os2ansi" as the TERM environment variable (or don't set it at all, as the
-default is the correct value).  You can set term to os2ansi in the .vimrc, in
-case you need TERM to be a different value for other applications.  The
-problem is that OS/2 ANSI emulation is quite limited (it doesn't have insert /
-delete line, for example).
-
-If you want to use a different value for TERM (because of other programs, for
-example), make sure that the termcap entry for that TERM value has the
-appropriate key mappings.  The termcap.dat distributed with emx does not always
-have them.  Here are some suitable values to add to the termcap entry of your
-choice; these allow the cursor keys and the named function keys (such as
-pagedown) to work.
-
-	:ku=\316H:kd=\316P:kl=\316K:kr=\316M:%i=\316t:#4=\316s:\
-	:kD=\316S:kI=\316R:kN=\316Q:kP=\316I:kh=\316G:@7=\316O:\
-	:k1=\316;:k2=\316<:k3=\316=:k4=\316>:k5=\316?:k6=\316@:\
-	:k7=\316A:k8=\316B:k9=\316C:k;=\316D:
-
-
-Paul Slootman
-
-
-43 LINE WINDOW
-
-A suggestion from Steven Tryon, on how to run Vim in a bigger window:
-
-When I call Vim from an OS/2 WPS application such as PMMail it comes up
-in the default 25-line mode.  To get a more useful window size I make
-my external editor "vimbig.cmd" which in turn calls "vimbig2.cmd".
-Brute force and awkwardness, perhaps, but it works.
-
-vimbig.cmd: >
-   @echo off
-   start "Vi Improved" /f vimbig2.cmd %1 %2 %3 %4
-
-vimbig2.cmd: >
-   @echo off
-   mode 80,43
-   vim.exe %1 %2 %3 %4
-   exit
-<
-
-CLIPBOARD ACCESS (provided by Alexander Wagner)
-
-Vim for OS/2 has no direct access to the system clipboard.  To enable access
-anyway you need an additional tool which gives you access to the clipboard
-from within a vio application.  The freeware package clipbrd.zip by Stefan
-Gruendel can be used for this purpose.  You might download the package
-including precompiled binaries and all sources from:
-	http://www.os2site.com/sw/util/clipboard/index.html
-	http://download.uni-hd.de/ftp/pub/os2/pmtools/
-
-Installation of this package is straight forward: just put the two executables
-that come with this package into a directory within your PATH for Vim should
-be able to call them from whatever directory you are working.
-
-To copy text from the clipboard to your Vim session you can use the :r
-command.  Simply call clipbrd.exe from within Vim in the following way: >
-
-	:r !clipbrd -r
-
-To copy text from Vim to the system clipboard just mark the text in the usual
-vim-manner and call: >
-
-	:!clipbrd -w
-
-which will write your selection right into OS/2's clipboard.
-
-For ease of use you might want to add some maps for these commands.  E.g. to
-use F11 to paste the clipboard into Vim and F12 to copy selected text to the
-clipboard you would use: >
-
-	if has("os2")
-	  imap <F11>     <ESC>:r !clipbrd -r<CR>i
-	  vmap <F12>     :!clipbrd -w<cr>
-	else
-	  imap <F11>     <ESC>"*p<CR>i
-	  vmap <F12>     "*y
-	endif
-
-This will ensure that only on OS/2 clipbrd is called whereas on other
-platforms vims build in mechanism is used.  (To enable this functions on every
-load of Vim place the above lines in your .vimrc.)
-
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 24
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Version 7.4
 - correct RealWaitForChar 
 - after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
   G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
-- guard agains crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
+- guard against crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
 - [TESTDIR]make_vms.mms changed to see the output files
 - Improve tests, update known issues
 - minor compiler warnings fixed

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
         :!start /min ctags -R .
 <  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
    directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
-   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   This is more noticeable for commands that take longer.
    Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
         :!start /b ctags -R .
 <  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
@@ -367,4 +367,10 @@ Q. I use Vim under Win32s and NT.  In NT, I can define the console to default to
 A. Edit SYSTEM.INI and add 'ScreenLines=50' to the [NonWindowsApp] section.  DOS
    prompts and external DOS commands will now run in a 50-line window.
 
+						*windows-icon*
+Q. I don't like the Vim icon, can I change it?
+A. Yes, place your favorite icon in bitmaps/vim.ico in a directory of
+   'runtimepath'.  For example ~/vimfiles/bitmaps/vim.ico.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 08
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
+			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
+			count + 1.
 			|last-pattern| {Vi: no count}
 
 							*N*
@@ -391,8 +393,8 @@ Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used.
 Use of "\v" means that in the pattern after it all ASCII characters except
 '0'-'9', 'a'-'z', 'A'-'Z' and '_' have a special meaning.  "very magic"
 
-Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash has a
-special meaning.  "very nomagic"
+Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash and the
+terminating character (/ or ?) has a special meaning.  "very nomagic"
 
 Examples:
 after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
@@ -400,6 +402,7 @@ after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
 	  $	   $	    $	     \$		matches end-of-line
 	  .	   .	    \.	     \.		matches any character
 	  *	   *	    \*	     \*		any number of the previous atom
+	  ~	   ~	    \~	     \~		latest substitute string
 	  ()	   \(\)     \(\)     \(\)	grouping into an atom
 	  |	   \|	    \|	     \|		separating alternatives
 	  \a	   \a	    \a	     \a		alphabetic character
@@ -478,6 +481,7 @@ More explanation and examples below, follow the links.
 |/\%v|	\%23v	\%23v	in virtual column 23 |/zero-width|
 
 Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\i|	\i	\i	identifier character (see 'isident' option)
 |/\I|	\I	\I	like "\i", but excluding digits
 |/\k|	\k	\k	keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option)
@@ -508,6 +512,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 			class with end-of-line included
 (end of character classes)
 
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\e|	\e	\e	<Esc>
 |/\t|	\t	\t	<Tab>
 |/\r|	\r	\r	<CR>
@@ -533,6 +538,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
 			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
 
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
@@ -545,6 +551,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 |/\%u|	\%u	\%u	match specified multibyte character (eg \%u20ac)
 |/\%U|	\%U	\%U	match specified large multibyte character (eg
 			\%U12345678)
+|/\%C|	\%C	\%C	match any composing characters
 
 Example			matches ~
 \<\I\i*		or
@@ -705,11 +712,18 @@ overview.
 	But to limit the time needed, only the line where what follows matches
 	is searched, and one line before that (if there is one).  This should
 	be sufficient to match most things and not be too slow.
-	The part of the pattern after "\@<=" and "\@<!" are checked for a
-	match first, thus things like "\1" don't work to reference \(\) inside
-	the preceding atom.  It does work the other way around:
-	Example			matches ~
-	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	In the old regexp engine the part of the pattern after "\@<=" and
+	"\@<!" are checked for a match first, thus things like "\1" don't work
+	to reference \(\) inside the preceding atom.  It does work the other
+	way around:
+	Bad example			matches ~
+	\%#=1\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)		",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	However, the new regexp engine works differently, it is better to not
+	rely on this behavior, do not use \@<= if it can be avoided:
+	Example				matches ~
+	\([a-z]\+\)\zs,\1		",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
 \@123<=
 	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
@@ -821,6 +835,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.  Example: >
 		/\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3}
 <	Finds the third occurrence of "Fab".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 							*/\ze*
 \ze	Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
@@ -829,6 +844,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.
 	Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
 	"endfor".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888|
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 
 						*/\%^* *start-of-file*
@@ -1048,7 +1064,10 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 								*E769*
 	When the ']' is not there Vim will not give an error message but
 	assume no collection is used.  Useful to search for '['.  However, you
-	do get E769 for internal searching.
+	do get E769 for internal searching.  And be aware that in a
+	`:substitute` command the whole command becomes the pattern.  E.g.
+	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
+	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
@@ -1207,12 +1226,18 @@ will probably never match.
 8. Composing characters					*patterns-composing*
 
 							*/\Z*
-When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
-Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
-different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
-when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, all composing characters are
+ignored.  Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing
+characters may be different and the number of composing characters may differ.
+Only relevant when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
 must match.
+							*/\%C*
+Use "\%C" to skip any composing characters.  For example, the pattern "a" does
+not match in "càt" (where the a has the composing character 0x0300), but
+"a\%C" does.  Note that this does not match "cát" (where the á is character
+0xe1, it does not have a compositing character).  It does match "cat" (where
+the a is just an a).
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1325,7 +1350,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		patterns defined by both |matchadd()| and |:match|.
 
 		Highlighting matches using |:match| are limited to three
-		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|are
+		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match| are
 		available). |matchadd()| does not have this limitation and in
 		addition makes it possible to prioritize matches.
 

runtime/doc/pi_logipat.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+*pi_logipat.txt*	Logical Patterns				Mar 13, 2013
+
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2013 by Charles E. Campbell	*logipat-copyright*
+           The VIM LICENSE applies to LogiPat.vim and LogiPat.txt
+           (see |copyright|) except use "LogiPat" instead of "Vim"
+	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Contents					*logipat* *logipat-contents*
+
+	1. Contents.................: |logipat-contents|
+	2. LogiPat Manual...........: |logipat-manual|
+	3. LogiPat Examples.........: |logipat-examples|
+	4. Caveat...................: |logipat-caveat|
+	5. LogiPat History..........: |logipat-history|
+
+==============================================================================
+2. LogiPat Manual			*logipat-manual* *logipat-man*
+
+
+	*logipat-arg* *logipat-input* *logipat-pattern* *logipat-operators*
+	Boolean logic patterns are composed of
+
+			operators  ! = not
+			           | = logical-or
+			           & = logical-and
+			grouping   ( ... )
+			patterns   "pattern"
+
+	:LogiPat {boolean-logic pattern}		*:LogiPat*
+		:LogiPat is a command which takes a boolean-logic
+		argument (|logipat-arg|).
+
+	:LP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:LP*
+		:LP is a shorthand command version of :LogiPat
+		(|:LogiPat|).
+
+	:ELP {boolean-logic pattern}			*:ELP*
+		No search is done, but the conversion from the
+		boolean logic pattern to the regular expression
+		is performed and echoed onto the display.
+
+	:LogiPatFlags {search flags}			*LogiPat-flags*
+		:LogiPatFlags {search flags}
+		LogiPat uses the |search()| command.  The flags
+		passed to that call to search() may be specified
+		by the :LogiPatFlags command.
+
+	:LPF {search flags}				*:LPF*
+		:LPF is a shorthand version of :LogiPatFlags.
+
+	:let pat=LogiPat({boolean-logic pattern})	*LogiPat()*
+		If one calls LogiPat() directly, no search
+		is done, but the transformation from the boolean
+		logic pattern into a regular expression pattern
+		is performed and returned.
+
+	To get a " inside a pattern, as opposed to having it delimit
+	the pattern, double it.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat Examples					*logipat-examples*
+
+	LogiPat takes Boolean logic arguments and produces a regular
+	expression which implements the choices.  A series of examples
+	follows:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :abc:
+>
+	:LogiPat "ab""cd"
+<		will search for lines containing the string  :ab"c:
+>
+	:LogiPat !"abc"
+<		will search for lines which don't contain the string  :abc:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"|"def"
+<		will search for lines which contain either the string
+		:abc:  or the string  :def:
+>
+	:LogiPat !("abc"|"def")
+<		will search for lines which don't contain either
+		of the strings  :abc:  or  :def:
+>
+	:LogiPat "abc"&"def"
+<		will search for lines which contain both of the strings
+		:abc:  and  :def:
+>
+	:let pat= LogiPat('!"abc"')
+<		will return the regular expression which will match
+		all lines not containing  :abc: .  The double quotes
+		are needed to pass normal patterns to LogiPat, and
+		differentiate such patterns from boolean logic
+		operators.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Caveat						*logipat-caveat*
+
+	The "not" operator may be fragile; ie. it may not always play well
+	with the & (logical-and) and | (logical-or) operators.  Please try out
+	your patterns, possibly with :set hls, to insure that what is matching
+	is what you want.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. LogiPat History					*logipat-history*
+
+	v3 Sep 25, 2006 * LP_Or() fixed; it now encapsulates its output
+	                  in \%(...\) parentheses
+	   Dec 12, 2011 * |:ELP| added
+			* "" is mapped to a single " and left inside patterns
+	v2 May 31, 2005	* LPF and LogiPatFlags commands weren't working
+	v1 May 23, 2005	* initial release
+
+==============================================================================
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ It is possible to achieve a poor man's version of duplex printing using the PS
 utility psselect.  This utility has options -e and -o for printing just the
 even or odd pages of a PS file respectively.
 
-First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate a new
+First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate new
 files with all the odd and even numbered pages with: >
 
 	psselect -o test.ps odd.ps

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 22
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ command with 'l'.
 			list.
 
 							*:cad* *:caddbuffer*
-:caddb[uffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
+:cad[dbuffer] [bufnr]	Read the error list from the current buffer and add
 			the errors to the current quickfix list.  If a
 			quickfix list is not present, then a new list is
 			created. Otherwise, same as ":cbuffer".
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ command with 'l'.
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
 			jump to the first error.
 			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
-			line in the String is processed using the global value
-			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
-			quickfix list.
+			line in the String is processed using the value
+			of 'errorformat' (buffer-local value if it was set)
+			and the result is added to the quickfix list.
 			If {expr} is a List, then each String item in the list
 			is processed and added to the quickfix list.  Non
 			String items in the List are ignored.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ command with 'l'.
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cadde* *:caddexpr*
-:cad[dexpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
+:cadde[xpr] {expr}	Evaluate {expr} and add the resulting lines to the
 			current quickfix list. If a quickfix list is not
 			present, then a new list is created. The current
 			cursor position will not be changed. See |:cexpr| for
@@ -299,23 +299,97 @@ use this code: >
 	au QuickfixCmdPost make call QfMakeConv()
 
 
+EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
+							*:cdo*
+:cdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
+			is not present, the command fails.
+			When an error is detected excecution stops.
+			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+
+			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			A range can be used to select entries, e.g.: >
+				:10,$cdo cmd
+<			To skip entries 1 to 9.
+
+			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
+			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
+			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
+			each buffer.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
+			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+
+							*:cfdo*
+:cfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the quickfix list.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:cfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:cnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
+							*:ldo*
+:ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
+			for the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnext
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
+							*:lfdo*
+:lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
+			the current window.
+			It works like doing this: >
+				:lfirst
+				:{cmd}
+				:lnfile
+				:{cmd}
+				etc.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
+
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
 
 					    *:cope* *:copen* *w:quickfix_title*
 :cope[n] [height]	Open a window to show the current list of errors.
+
 			When [height] is given, the window becomes that high
-			(if there is room).  Otherwise the window is made ten
-			lines high.
-			The window will contain a special buffer, with
-			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			(if there is room).  When [height] is omitted the
+			window is made ten lines high.
+
 			If there already is a quickfix window, it will be made
 			the current window.  It is not possible to open a
-			second quickfix window. The window will have the
-			w:quickfix_title variable set which will indicate the
-			command that produced the quickfix list. This can be
-			used to compose a custom status line if the value of
-			'statusline' is adjusted properly.
+			second quickfix window.  If [height] is given the
+			existing window will be resized to it.
+
+			The window will contain a special buffer, with
+			'buftype' equal to "quickfix".  Don't change this!
+			The window will have the w:quickfix_title variable set
+			which will indicate the command that produced the
+			quickfix list. This can be used to compose a custom
+			status line if the value of 'statusline' is adjusted
+			properly.
 
 							*:lop* *:lopen*
 :lop[en] [height]	Open a window to show the location list for the

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -620,10 +620,13 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'balloondelay'	  'bdlay'   delay in mS before a balloon may pop up
 'ballooneval'	  'beval'   switch on balloon evaluation
 'balloonexpr'	  'bexpr'   expression to show in balloon
+'belloff'	  'bo'	    do not ring the bell for these reasons
 'binary'	  'bin'     read/write/edit file in binary mode
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
 'buflisted'	  'bl'	    whether the buffer shows up in the buffer list
@@ -694,6 +697,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
+'fixendofline'	  'fixeol'  make sure last line in file has <EOL>
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
 'foldclose'	  'fcl'     close a fold when the cursor leaves it
 'foldcolumn'	  'fdc'     width of the column used to indicate folds
@@ -708,10 +712,10 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'foldnestmax'	  'fdn'     maximum fold depth
 'foldopen'	  'fdo'     for which commands a fold will be opened
 'foldtext'	  'fdt'     expression used to display for a closed fold
+'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'formatlistpat'   'flp'     pattern used to recognize a list header
 'formatoptions'   'fo'	    how automatic formatting is to be done
 'formatprg'	  'fp'	    name of external program used with "gq" command
-'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'fsync'		  'fs'	    whether to invoke fsync() after file write
 'gdefault'	  'gd'	    the ":substitute" flag 'g' is default on
 'grepformat'	  'gfm'     format of 'grepprg' output
@@ -730,15 +734,15 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'helplang'	  'hlg'     preferred help languages
 'hidden'	  'hid'     don't unload buffer when it is |abandon|ed
 'highlight'	  'hl'	    sets highlighting mode for various occasions
-'hlsearch'	  'hls'     highlight matches with last search pattern
 'history'	  'hi'	    number of command-lines that are remembered
 'hkmap'		  'hk'	    Hebrew keyboard mapping
 'hkmapp'	  'hkp'     phonetic Hebrew keyboard mapping
+'hlsearch'	  'hls'     highlight matches with last search pattern
 'icon'			    let Vim set the text of the window icon
 'iconstring'		    string to use for the Vim icon text
 'ignorecase'	  'ic'	    ignore case in search patterns
-'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
 'imactivatefunc'  'imaf'    function to enable/disable the X input method
+'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
 'imcmdline'	  'imc'     use IM when starting to edit a command line
 'imdisable'	  'imd'     do not use the IM in any mode
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
@@ -762,6 +766,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
+'langnoremap'	  'lnr'	    do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
 'laststatus'	  'ls'	    tells when last window has status lines
 'lazyredraw'	  'lz'	    don't redraw while executing macros
 'linebreak'	  'lbr'     wrap long lines at a blank
@@ -772,6 +777,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'list'			    show <Tab> and <EOL>
 'listchars'	  'lcs'     characters for displaying in list mode
 'loadplugins'	  'lpl'     load plugin scripts when starting up
+'luadll'		    name of the Lua dynamic library
 'macatsui'		    Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing
 'magic'			    changes special characters in search patterns
 'makeef'	  'mef'     name of the errorfile for ":make"
@@ -811,6 +817,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'patchexpr'	  'pex'     expression used to patch a file
 'patchmode'	  'pm'	    keep the oldest version of a file
 'path'		  'pa'	    list of directories searched with "gf" et.al.
+'perldll'		    name of the Perl dynamic library
 'preserveindent'  'pi'	    preserve the indent structure when reindenting
 'previewheight'   'pvh'     height of the preview window
 'previewwindow'   'pvw'     identifies the preview window
@@ -823,17 +830,21 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printmbfont'	  'pmbfn'   font names to be used for CJK output of :hardcopy
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
+'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
+'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
 'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
+'renderoptions'	  'rop'	    options for text rendering on Windows
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
 'restorescreen'   'rs'	    Win32: restore screen when exiting
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards
 'rightleft'	  'rl'	    window is right-to-left oriented
 'rightleftcmd'	  'rlc'     commands for which editing works right-to-left
+'rubydll'		    name of the Ruby dynamic library
 'ruler'		  'ru'	    show cursor line and column in the status line
 'rulerformat'	  'ruf'     custom format for the ruler
 'runtimepath'	  'rtp'     list of directories used for runtime files
@@ -889,10 +900,11 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'switchbuf'	  'swb'     sets behavior when switching to another buffer
 'synmaxcol'	  'smc'     maximum column to find syntax items
 'syntax'	  'syn'     syntax to be loaded for current buffer
-'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tabline'	  'tal'     custom format for the console tab pages line
 'tabpagemax'	  'tpm'     maximum number of tab pages for |-p| and "tab all"
+'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tagbsearch'	  'tbs'     use binary searching in tags files
+'tagcase'	  'tc'      how to handle case when searching in tags files
 'taglength'	  'tl'	    number of significant characters for a tag
 'tagrelative'	  'tr'	    file names in tag file are relative
 'tags'		  'tag'     list of file names used by the tag command
@@ -1310,11 +1322,16 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R		rotate windows upwards
 |CTRL-W_x|	CTRL-W x		exchange current window with next one
 
-|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height
+|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height & width
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -		decrease current window height
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +		increase current window height
 |CTRL-W__|	CTRL-W _		set current window height (default:
 					   very high)
+
+|CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <		decrease current window width
+|CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >		increase current window width
+|CTRL-W_bar|	CTRL-W |		set current window width (default:
+					   widest possible)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_bu*		Buffer list commands
 

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro any more, is that I
+The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
 now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
 I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
 I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it any more.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
+can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
 Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*recover.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ created anyway.
 The 'swapfile' option can be reset to avoid creating a swapfile.  And the
 |:noswapfile| modifier can be used to not create a swapfile for a new buffer.
 
-:noswap[file]   {command}			*:noswap* *:noswapfile*
+:nos[wapfile]   {command}			*:nos* *:noswapfile*
 		Execute {command}. If it contains a command that loads a new
 		buffer, it will be loaded without creating a swapfile and the
 		'swapfile' option will be reset.  If a buffer already had a

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 May 24
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				The remote Vim is raised.  If you don't want
 				this use >
 				 vim --remote-send "<C-\><C-N>:n filename<CR>"
-<  --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
+<
+   --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
 				As above, but don't complain if there is no
 				server and the file is edited locally.
    --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...				*--remote-wait*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ replacement string.
 
 For the definition of a pattern, see |pattern|.
 
+NOTE [cmd] may contain a range; see |collapse| and |edit-paragraph-join| for
+examples.
+
 The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
 marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
 start of the match matters).
@@ -106,7 +109,13 @@ To abort this type CTRL-C twice.
 q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			(uppercase to append).  The 'q' command is disabled
 			while executing a register, and it doesn't work inside
-			a mapping and |:normal|.  {Vi: no recording}
+			a mapping and |:normal|.
+
+			Note: If the register being used for recording is also
+			used for |y| and |p| the result is most likely not
+			what is expected, because the put will paste the
+			recorded macro and the yank will overwrite the
+			recorded macro. {Vi: no recording}
 
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
@@ -232,8 +241,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			command is ignored.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-						*:scrip* *:scriptnames*
-:scrip[tnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
+						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
+:scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
 			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
 			|<SID>|.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
@@ -588,9 +597,16 @@ the |+reltime| feature, which is present more often.
 
 For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 
+For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
+	:profile start /tmp/one_script_profile
+	:profile file one_script.vim
+	:source one_script.vim
+	:exit
+
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 
@@ -612,8 +628,10 @@ For profiling syntax highlighting see |:syntime|.
 		This only profiles the script itself, not the functions
 		defined in it.
 		When the [!] is added then all functions defined in the script
-		will also be profiled.  But only if the script is loaded after
-		this command.
+		will also be profiled.
+		Note that profiling only starts when the script is loaded
+		after this command.  A :profile command in the script itself
+		won't work.
 
 
 :profd[el] ...						*:profd* *:profdel*

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 17
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 :sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} buffer={nr}
 		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
 
+							*E885*
 :sign place {id} name={name} file={fname}
 		Change the placed sign {id} in file {fname} to use the defined
 		sign {name}.  See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 12
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -939,9 +939,10 @@ be combined without errors.
 
 If you get an E763 warning that the word tables differ you need to update your
 ".spl" spell files.  If you downloaded the files, get the latest version of
-all spell files you use.  Otherwise generate the .spl file again with
-|:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP lines in the
-used .aff files.
+all spell files you use.  If you are only using one, e.g., German, then also
+download the recent English spell files.  Otherwise generate the .spl file
+again with |:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP
+lines in the used .aff files.
 
 The XX.ascii.spl spell file generated with the "-ascii" argument will not
 contain the table with characters, so that it can be combine with spell files
@@ -1057,6 +1058,9 @@ this text to start with a "#" so that mistakes don't go unnoticed.  Example:
 	SFX F 0 in   [^i]n      # Spion > Spionin  ~
 	SFX F 0 nen  in		# Bauerin > Bauerinnen ~
 
+However, to avoid lots of errors in affix files written for Myspell, you can
+add the IGNOREEXTRA flag.
+
 Apparently Myspell allows an affix name to appear more than once.  Since this
 might also be a mistake, Vim checks for an extra "S".  The affix files for
 Myspell that use this feature apparently have this flag.  Example:
@@ -1110,6 +1114,14 @@ Specifically, the affix flags can be used for:
 - CIRCUMFIX, as explained just below.
 
 
+IGNOREEXTRA						*spell-IGNOREEXTRA*
+
+Normally Vim gives an error for an extra field that does not start with '#'.
+This avoids errors going unnoticed.  However, some files created for Myspell
+or Hunspell may contain many entries with an extra field.  Use the IGNOREEXTRA
+flag to avoid lots of errors.
+
+
 CIRCUMFIX						*spell-CIRCUMFIX*
 
 The CIRCUMFIX flag means a prefix and suffix must be added at the same time.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 20
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,7 +167,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*-+/*
 +/{pat}		The cursor will be positioned on the first line containing
 		"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
-		available search patterns).
+		available search patterns).  The search starts at the cursor
+		position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
+		last used from |viminfo|. To force a search from the first
+		line use "+1 +/pat".
 
 +{command}						*-+c* *-c*
 -c {command}	{command} will be executed after the first file has been
@@ -1276,8 +1279,10 @@ triggered.
 			When [!] is included an existing file is overwritten.
 			When [file] is omitted or is a number from 1 to 9, a
 			name is generated and 'viewdir' prepended.  When the
-			last directory name in 'viewdir' does not exist, this
-			directory is created.
+			last path part of 'viewdir' does not exist, this
+			directory is created.  E.g., when 'viewdir' is
+			"$VIM/vimfiles/view" then "view" is created in
+			"$VIM/vimfiles".
 			An existing file is always overwritten then.  Use
 			|:loadview| to load this view again.
 			When [file] is the name of a file ('viewdir' is not
@@ -1501,7 +1506,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten   {not in Vi}
 
-					*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574*
+				*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 25
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
-and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
+and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
+an error when using other characters.
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -421,18 +422,19 @@ and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
 							*:TOhtml*
 :[range]TOhtml		The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
 			This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
-			range is given, set |g:html_start_line| and
-			|g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the range,
-			respectively. Default range is the entire buffer.
+			range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
+			and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
+			range, respectively. Default range is the entire
+			buffer.
 
-                        If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
-                        |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
-                        all windows which are part of the diff in the current
-                        tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
-                        in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
-                        jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
-                        #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
-                        #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
+			If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
+			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
+			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
+			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
+			in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
+			jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
+			#W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
+			#W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
 
 			Examples: >
 
@@ -501,7 +503,7 @@ inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
 takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
 pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
 view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
-(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specificed line before jumping. The
+(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
 javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
 For example: >
 
@@ -746,6 +748,22 @@ and UTF-32 instead, use: >
 Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
 compatibility problems with some major browsers.
 
+								 *g:html_font*
+Default: "monospace"
+You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
+g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
+surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
+item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
+way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
+result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
+Examples: >
+
+   " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
+   :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
+
+   " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
+   :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
+<
 			*convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
 Default: 0.
 When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
@@ -1022,6 +1040,21 @@ Or to avoid the highlighting: >
 This works immediately.
 
 
+CLOJURE							*ft-clojure-syntax*
+
+Setting *g:clojure_fold* enables folding Clojure code via the syntax engine.
+Any list, vector, or map that extends over more than one line can be folded
+using the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
+
+Please note that this option does not work with scripts that redefine the
+bracket syntax regions, such as rainbow-parentheses plugins.
+
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fold = 0
+<
+
 COBOL						*cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
 
 COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
@@ -1048,7 +1081,8 @@ CPP						*cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
 Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
 
 Variable		Highlight ~
-cpp_no_c11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+cpp_no_cpp11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+cpp_no_cpp14		don't highlight C++14 standard items
 
 
 CSH						*csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
@@ -1113,6 +1147,16 @@ to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
 	:let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
 
 
+DIFF							*diff.vim*
+
+The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers.  This can be slow if
+there are very long lines in the file.  To disable translations: >
+
+	:let diff_translations = 0
+
+Also see |diff-slow|.
+
+
 DIRCOLORS			       *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
 
 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option.  It exists to
@@ -1394,34 +1438,27 @@ form, then >
     :let fortran_fixed_source=1
 in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
 
-If the form of the source code depends upon the file extension, then it is
-most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin file.  For more
-information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your
-fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in free source form and the
-rest in fixed source form, add the following code to your ftplugin file >
-    let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
-    if s:extfname ==? "f90"
-	let fortran_free_source=1
-	unlet! fortran_fixed_source
-    else
-	let fortran_fixed_source=1
-	unlet! fortran_free_source
-    endif
-Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
-precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
+If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
+extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
+file.  For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
+will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
+on" command in your .vimrc file.
 
 When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
 source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
 fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set.  If
 neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
-determine which source form has been used by examining the first five columns
-of the first 250 lines of your file.  If no signs of free source form are
-detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form.  The algorithm
-should work in the vast majority of cases.  In some cases, such as a file that
-begins with 250 or more full-line comments, the script may incorrectly decide
-that the fortran code is in fixed form.  If that happens, just add a
-non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns of the
-first twenty five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
+determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
+using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
+compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
+free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
+columns of the first 500 lines of your file.  If no signs of free source form
+are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form.  The
+algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.  In some cases, such as a
+file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
+incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form.  If that happens,
+just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
+of the first twenty five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
 
 Tabs in fortran files ~
 Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards.  Tabs are not a good idea in
@@ -1673,7 +1710,7 @@ vimrc file: >
 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
-ends with --!>) you can define >
+ends with -->) you can define >
 	:let html_wrong_comments=1
 
 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
@@ -1944,7 +1981,7 @@ If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
 There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
 used ones.  Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
 and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
-asserts the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
+assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
 you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
 
 	:let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
@@ -2264,7 +2301,7 @@ files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
 
 	:let perl_include_pod = 0
 
-The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
+To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
 
 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
@@ -2960,6 +2997,7 @@ TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
 	Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode		|tex-conceal|
 	Tex: Selective Conceal Mode			|g:tex_conceal|
 	Tex: Controlling iskeyword			|g:tex_isk|
+	Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control	|tex-supersub|
 
 				*tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
  Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
@@ -3053,6 +3091,7 @@ selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
 <
 As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
 but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
 
 					*tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
@@ -3154,6 +3193,28 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
 	* If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
 	* Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
 
+			*tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
+ Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
+
+	See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
+
+	See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
+	math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
+
+	One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
+	wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|).  Since not all
+	fonts support all characters, one may override the
+	concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
+
+	    let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
+	    let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
+<
+	For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
+	characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
+		let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
+<	in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
+	utf-8 glyphs appear.
+
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 
@@ -3181,7 +3242,8 @@ improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
 The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
 embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
 
-   g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't embed any scripts
+   g:vimsyn_embed == 0   : don't support any embedded scripts
+   g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
    g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
@@ -3199,6 +3261,7 @@ Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
    g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
+   g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua      script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl     script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python   script
@@ -3272,6 +3335,32 @@ must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 	:set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
 
+
+YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
+
+					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
+
+Schema		Description ~
+failsafe	No additional highlighting.
+json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
+core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+		schema.
+
+Default schema is `core`.
+
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+difference defined in the syntax file.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
@@ -3369,7 +3458,7 @@ DEFINING KEYWORDS					*:syn-keyword*
   :syntax keyword   Type   contained int long char
   :syntax keyword   Type   int long contained char
   :syntax keyword   Type   int long char contained
-<								*E789*
+<								*E789* *E890*
 	When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
 	Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
 	variations at once: >
@@ -3623,6 +3712,7 @@ Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
 'conceallevel' option.  The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
 concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
 edit the line.
+Another way to conceal text with with |matchadd()|.
 
 concealends						*:syn-concealends*
 
@@ -3760,7 +3850,7 @@ The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
 
 
 			*:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
-contains={groupname},..
+contains={group-name},..
 
 The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names.  These
 groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
@@ -3813,13 +3903,13 @@ region where contained items do match.	Note that this may also limit the
 area that is highlighted
 
 
-containedin={groupname}...				*:syn-containedin*
+containedin={group-name}...				*:syn-containedin*
 
 The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names.  The
 item will be allowed to begin inside these groups.  This works as if the
 containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
 
-The {groupname}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
+The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
 
 This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards.  An item can be told to
 be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
@@ -3835,7 +3925,7 @@ keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
 work.
 
 
-nextgroup={groupname},..				*:syn-nextgroup*
+nextgroup={group-name},..				*:syn-nextgroup*
 
 The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
 separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
@@ -4069,7 +4159,7 @@ example, for instance, can be done like this: >
 
 As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty.	In the start pattern,
 it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
-changes the \1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
+changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
 first external sub-expression in the start pattern.  External references can
 also be used in skip patterns: >
   :syn region foo start="start \(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
@@ -4204,7 +4294,7 @@ If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
 adding "minlines").  This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
 slow machine.  Example: >
-   :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
+   :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
 <
 						*:syn-sync-linebreaks*
 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
@@ -4598,6 +4688,8 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
 	colors!
 
+	You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
+
 							*:hi-normal-cterm*
 	When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
 	these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
@@ -5026,6 +5118,7 @@ This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo".  The value of
 restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
 "b:current_syntax".  The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
 "w:current_syntax".
+Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
 
 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,16 +61,25 @@ In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 :[count]tabe[dit]				*:tabe* *:tabedit* *:tabnew*
 :[count]tabnew
 		Open a new tab page with an empty window, after the current
-		tab page.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		tab page.  If [count] is given the new tab page appears after
+		the tab page [count] otherwise the new tab page will appear
+		after the current one. >
+		    :tabnew	" opens tabpage after the current one
+		    :.tabnew	" as above
+		    :+tabnew	" opens tabpage after the next tab page
+				" note: it is one further than :tabnew
+		    :-tabnew	" opens tabpage before the current one
+		    :0tabnew	" opens tabpage before the first one
+		    :$tabnew	" opens tabpage after the last one
 
 :[count]tabe[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 :[count]tabnew [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file}, like with |:edit|.
-		For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 
 :[count]tabf[ind] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}			*:tabf* *:tabfind*
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file} in 'path', like with
-		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 		{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was disabled
 		at compile time}
 
@@ -110,12 +119,18 @@ something else.
 		- When 'hidden' is not set, [!] is not used, a buffer has
 		  changes, and there is no other window on this buffer.
 		Changes to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so
-		this is a "safe" command.
+		this is a "safe" command. >
+		    :tabclose	    " close the current tab page
 
+:{count}tabc[lose][!]
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
 		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
-		above.
-
+		above. >
+		    :-tabclose	    " close the previous tab page
+		    :+tabclose	    " close the next tab page
+		    :1tabclose	    " close the first tab page
+		    :$tabclose	    " close the last tab page
+<
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
@@ -124,7 +139,17 @@ something else.
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
 		given, then they become hidden.  But modified buffers are
-		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost.
+		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost. >
+		    :tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the current
+
+:{count}tabo[nly][!]
+		Close all tab pages except the {count}th one. >
+		    :.tabonly	    " one
+		    :-tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the previous
+				    " one
+		    :+tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the next one
+		    :1tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the first one
+		    :$tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the last one
 
 
 SWITCHING TO ANOTHER TAB PAGE:
@@ -176,23 +201,39 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 :[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
-		page is made the last one.
+		page is made the last one. >
+		    :.tabmove	" do nothing
+		    :-tabmove	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :+tabmove	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :0tabmove	" move the tab page to the beginning of the tab
+				" list
+		    :tabmove 0	" as above
+		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
+		    :$tabmove	" as above
+		    :tabmove $	" as above
 
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]
 		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
-		the left (with -).
+		the left (with -). >
+		    :tabmove -	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :tabmove -1	" as above
+		    :tabmove +	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :tabmove +1	" as above
+
 
 Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
-clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
++N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 
 							*:tabd* *:tabdo*
-:tabd[o] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each tab page.
-		It works like doing this: >
+:[range]tabd[o] {cmd}
+		Execute {cmd} in each tab page or if [range] is given only in
+		tab pages which tab page number is in the [range].  It works
+		like doing this: >
 			:tabfirst
 			:{cmd}
 			:tabnext
@@ -207,7 +248,8 @@ LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 		{cmd} must not open or close tab pages or reorder them.
 		{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 		|+listcmds| feature}
-		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
+		Also see |:windo|, |:argdo|, |:bufdo|, |:cdo|, |:ldo|, |:cfdo|
+		and |:lfdo|
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Other items						*tab-page-other*
@@ -238,8 +280,8 @@ window on the same buffer and then edit another buffer.  Thus ":tabnew"
 triggers:
 	WinLeave		leave current window
 	TabLeave		leave current tab page
-	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	WinEnter		enter window in new tab page
+	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	BufLeave		leave current buffer
 	BufEnter		enter new empty buffer
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bdir'	options.txt	/*'bdir'*
 'bdlay'	options.txt	/*'bdlay'*
 'beautify'	vi_diff.txt	/*'beautify'*
+'belloff'	options.txt	/*'belloff'*
 'beval'	options.txt	/*'beval'*
 'bex'	options.txt	/*'bex'*
 'bexpr'	options.txt	/*'bexpr'*
@@ -89,8 +90,13 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bk'	options.txt	/*'bk'*
 'bkc'	options.txt	/*'bkc'*
 'bl'	options.txt	/*'bl'*
+'bo'	options.txt	/*'bo'*
 'bomb'	options.txt	/*'bomb'*
 'breakat'	options.txt	/*'breakat'*
+'breakindent'	options.txt	/*'breakindent'*
+'breakindentopt'	options.txt	/*'breakindentopt'*
+'bri'	options.txt	/*'bri'*
+'briopt'	options.txt	/*'briopt'*
 'brk'	options.txt	/*'brk'*
 'browsedir'	options.txt	/*'browsedir'*
 'bs'	options.txt	/*'bs'*
@@ -242,6 +248,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'fileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'fileignorecase'*
 'filetype'	options.txt	/*'filetype'*
 'fillchars'	options.txt	/*'fillchars'*
+'fixendofline'	options.txt	/*'fixendofline'*
+'fixeol'	options.txt	/*'fixeol'*
 'fk'	options.txt	/*'fk'*
 'fkmap'	options.txt	/*'fkmap'*
 'fl'	vi_diff.txt	/*'fl'*
@@ -388,6 +396,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
+'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
 'laststatus'	options.txt	/*'laststatus'*
 'lazyredraw'	options.txt	/*'lazyredraw'*
 'lbr'	options.txt	/*'lbr'*
@@ -401,10 +410,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'listchars'	options.txt	/*'listchars'*
 'lm'	options.txt	/*'lm'*
 'lmap'	options.txt	/*'lmap'*
+'lnr'	options.txt	/*'lnr'*
 'loadplugins'	options.txt	/*'loadplugins'*
 'lpl'	options.txt	/*'lpl'*
 'ls'	options.txt	/*'ls'*
 'lsp'	options.txt	/*'lsp'*
+'luadll'	options.txt	/*'luadll'*
 'lw'	options.txt	/*'lw'*
 'lz'	options.txt	/*'lz'*
 'ma'	options.txt	/*'ma'*
@@ -489,6 +500,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nobk'	options.txt	/*'nobk'*
 'nobl'	options.txt	/*'nobl'*
 'nobomb'	options.txt	/*'nobomb'*
+'nobreakindent'	options.txt	/*'nobreakindent'*
+'nobri'	options.txt	/*'nobri'*
 'nobuflisted'	options.txt	/*'nobuflisted'*
 'nocf'	options.txt	/*'nocf'*
 'noci'	options.txt	/*'noci'*
@@ -534,9 +547,13 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nofen'	options.txt	/*'nofen'*
 'nofic'	options.txt	/*'nofic'*
 'nofileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nofileignorecase'*
+'nofixendofline'	options.txt	/*'nofixendofline'*
+'nofixeol'	options.txt	/*'nofixeol'*
 'nofk'	options.txt	/*'nofk'*
 'nofkmap'	options.txt	/*'nofkmap'*
 'nofoldenable'	options.txt	/*'nofoldenable'*
+'nofs'	options.txt	/*'nofs'*
+'nofsync'	options.txt	/*'nofsync'*
 'nogd'	options.txt	/*'nogd'*
 'nogdefault'	options.txt	/*'nogdefault'*
 'noguipty'	options.txt	/*'noguipty'*
@@ -563,11 +580,13 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nois'	options.txt	/*'nois'*
 'nojoinspaces'	options.txt	/*'nojoinspaces'*
 'nojs'	options.txt	/*'nojs'*
+'nolangnoremap'	options.txt	/*'nolangnoremap'*
 'nolazyredraw'	options.txt	/*'nolazyredraw'*
 'nolbr'	options.txt	/*'nolbr'*
 'nolinebreak'	options.txt	/*'nolinebreak'*
 'nolisp'	options.txt	/*'nolisp'*
 'nolist'	options.txt	/*'nolist'*
+'nolnr'	options.txt	/*'nolnr'*
 'noloadplugins'	options.txt	/*'noloadplugins'*
 'nolpl'	options.txt	/*'nolpl'*
 'nolz'	options.txt	/*'nolz'*
@@ -715,6 +734,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'path'	options.txt	/*'path'*
 'pdev'	options.txt	/*'pdev'*
 'penc'	options.txt	/*'penc'*
+'perldll'	options.txt	/*'perldll'*
 'pex'	options.txt	/*'pex'*
 'pexpr'	options.txt	/*'pexpr'*
 'pfn'	options.txt	/*'pfn'*
@@ -741,6 +761,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
 'pvw'	options.txt	/*'pvw'*
+'pythondll'	options.txt	/*'pythondll'*
+'pythonthreedll'	options.txt	/*'pythonthreedll'*
 'qe'	options.txt	/*'qe'*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
@@ -752,6 +774,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
+'renderoptions'	options.txt	/*'renderoptions'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
 'restorescreen'	options.txt	/*'restorescreen'*
 'revins'	options.txt	/*'revins'*
@@ -762,9 +785,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'rlc'	options.txt	/*'rlc'*
 'rnu'	options.txt	/*'rnu'*
 'ro'	options.txt	/*'ro'*
+'rop'	options.txt	/*'rop'*
 'rs'	options.txt	/*'rs'*
 'rtp'	options.txt	/*'rtp'*
 'ru'	options.txt	/*'ru'*
+'rubydll'	options.txt	/*'rubydll'*
 'ruf'	options.txt	/*'ruf'*
 'ruler'	options.txt	/*'ruler'*
 'rulerformat'	options.txt	/*'rulerformat'*
@@ -921,9 +946,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_KJ'	term.txt	/*'t_KJ'*
 't_KK'	term.txt	/*'t_KK'*
 't_KL'	term.txt	/*'t_KL'*
+'t_RB'	term.txt	/*'t_RB'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
 't_SI'	term.txt	/*'t_SI'*
+'t_SR'	term.txt	/*'t_SR'*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
@@ -987,6 +1014,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_ve'	term.txt	/*'t_ve'*
 't_vi'	term.txt	/*'t_vi'*
 't_vs'	term.txt	/*'t_vs'*
+'t_xn'	term.txt	/*'t_xn'*
 't_xs'	term.txt	/*'t_xs'*
 'ta'	options.txt	/*'ta'*
 'tabline'	options.txt	/*'tabline'*
@@ -994,6 +1022,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'tabstop'	options.txt	/*'tabstop'*
 'tag'	options.txt	/*'tag'*
 'tagbsearch'	options.txt	/*'tagbsearch'*
+'tagcase'	options.txt	/*'tagcase'*
 'taglength'	options.txt	/*'taglength'*
 'tagrelative'	options.txt	/*'tagrelative'*
 'tags'	options.txt	/*'tags'*
@@ -1004,6 +1033,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'tbidi'	options.txt	/*'tbidi'*
 'tbis'	options.txt	/*'tbis'*
 'tbs'	options.txt	/*'tbs'*
+'tc'	options.txt	/*'tc'*
 'tenc'	options.txt	/*'tenc'*
 'term'	options.txt	/*'term'*
 'termbidi'	options.txt	/*'termbidi'*
@@ -1167,6 +1197,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +dialog_gui	various.txt	/*+dialog_gui*
 +diff	various.txt	/*+diff*
 +digraphs	various.txt	/*+digraphs*
++directx	various.txt	/*+directx*
 +dnd	various.txt	/*+dnd*
 +emacs_tags	various.txt	/*+emacs_tags*
 +eval	various.txt	/*+eval*
@@ -1201,6 +1232,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
@@ -1388,6 +1420,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 .dic	spell.txt	/*.dic*
 .exrc	starting.txt	/*.exrc*
 .gvimrc	gui.txt	/*.gvimrc*
+.netrwbook	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwbook*
+.netrwhist	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwhist*
 .vimrc	starting.txt	/*.vimrc*
 /	pattern.txt	/*\/*
 /$	pattern.txt	/*\/$*
@@ -1415,6 +1449,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\%>c	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>c*
 /\%>l	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>l*
 /\%>v	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>v*
+/\%C	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%C*
 /\%U	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%U*
 /\%V	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%V*
 /\%[]	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%[]*
@@ -1822,6 +1857,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :CompilerSet	usr_41.txt	/*:CompilerSet*
 :DiffOrig	diff.txt	/*:DiffOrig*
 :DoMatchParen	pi_paren.txt	/*:DoMatchParen*
+:ELP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:ELP*
 :Explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Explore*
 :GLVS	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GLVS*
 :GetLatestVimScripts_dat	pi_getscript.txt	/*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
@@ -1829,7 +1865,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :GnatPretty	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatPretty*
 :GnatTags	ft_ada.txt	/*:GnatTags*
 :Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Hexplore*
+:LP	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LP*
+:LPF	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPF*
 :Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
+:LogiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LogiPat*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
 :N	editing.txt	/*:N*
@@ -1989,11 +2028,13 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :cclose	quickfix.txt	/*:cclose*
 :cd	editing.txt	/*:cd*
 :cd-	editing.txt	/*:cd-*
+:cdo	quickfix.txt	/*:cdo*
 :ce	change.txt	/*:ce*
 :center	change.txt	/*:center*
 :cex	quickfix.txt	/*:cex*
 :cexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:cexpr*
 :cf	quickfix.txt	/*:cf*
+:cfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:cfdo*
 :cfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cfile*
 :cfir	quickfix.txt	/*:cfir*
 :cfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:cfirst*
@@ -2046,6 +2087,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :comc	map.txt	/*:comc*
 :comclear	map.txt	/*:comclear*
 :command	map.txt	/*:command*
+:command-addr	map.txt	/*:command-addr*
 :command-bang	map.txt	/*:command-bang*
 :command-bar	map.txt	/*:command-bar*
 :command-buffer	map.txt	/*:command-buffer*
@@ -2103,6 +2145,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :delm	motion.txt	/*:delm*
 :delmarks	motion.txt	/*:delmarks*
 :di	change.txt	/*:di*
+:dif	diff.txt	/*:dif*
 :diffg	diff.txt	/*:diffg*
 :diffget	diff.txt	/*:diffget*
 :diffo	diff.txt	/*:diffo*
@@ -2115,7 +2158,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :diffsplit	diff.txt	/*:diffsplit*
 :difft	diff.txt	/*:difft*
 :diffthis	diff.txt	/*:diffthis*
-:diffu	diff.txt	/*:diffu*
 :diffupdate	diff.txt	/*:diffupdate*
 :dig	digraph.txt	/*:dig*
 :digraphs	digraph.txt	/*:digraphs*
@@ -2239,6 +2281,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :ha	print.txt	/*:ha*
 :hardcopy	print.txt	/*:hardcopy*
 :help	helphelp.txt	/*:help*
+:helpc	helphelp.txt	/*:helpc*
+:helpclose	helphelp.txt	/*:helpclose*
 :helpf	helphelp.txt	/*:helpf*
 :helpfind	helphelp.txt	/*:helpfind*
 :helpg	helphelp.txt	/*:helpg*
@@ -2337,6 +2381,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :lclose	quickfix.txt	/*:lclose*
 :lcs	if_cscop.txt	/*:lcs*
 :lcscope	if_cscop.txt	/*:lcscope*
+:ldo	quickfix.txt	/*:ldo*
 :le	change.txt	/*:le*
 :left	change.txt	/*:left*
 :lefta	windows.txt	/*:lefta*
@@ -2355,6 +2400,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :lex	quickfix.txt	/*:lex*
 :lexpr	quickfix.txt	/*:lexpr*
 :lf	quickfix.txt	/*:lf*
+:lfdo	quickfix.txt	/*:lfdo*
 :lfile	quickfix.txt	/*:lfile*
 :lfir	quickfix.txt	/*:lfir*
 :lfirst	quickfix.txt	/*:lfirst*
@@ -2521,8 +2567,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :noautocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:noautocmd*
 :noh	pattern.txt	/*:noh*
 :nohlsearch	pattern.txt	/*:nohlsearch*
+:nor	map.txt	/*:nor*
+:nore	map.txt	/*:nore*
 :norea	map.txt	/*:norea*
 :noreabbrev	map.txt	/*:noreabbrev*
+:norem	map.txt	/*:norem*
 :noremap	map.txt	/*:noremap*
 :noremap!	map.txt	/*:noremap!*
 :noreme	gui.txt	/*:noreme*
@@ -2530,6 +2579,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :norm	various.txt	/*:norm*
 :normal	various.txt	/*:normal*
 :normal-range	various.txt	/*:normal-range*
+:nos	recover.txt	/*:nos*
+:noswapfile	recover.txt	/*:noswapfile*
 :nu	various.txt	/*:nu*
 :number	various.txt	/*:number*
 :nun	map.txt	/*:nun*
@@ -2676,6 +2727,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :rviminfo	starting.txt	/*:rviminfo*
 :s	change.txt	/*:s*
 :s%	change.txt	/*:s%*
+:sI	change.txt	/*:sI*
+:sIc	change.txt	/*:sIc*
+:sIe	change.txt	/*:sIe*
+:sIg	change.txt	/*:sIg*
+:sIl	change.txt	/*:sIl*
+:sIn	change.txt	/*:sIn*
+:sIp	change.txt	/*:sIp*
+:sIr	change.txt	/*:sIr*
 :sN	windows.txt	/*:sN*
 :sNext	windows.txt	/*:sNext*
 :s\=	change.txt	/*:s\\=*
@@ -2707,7 +2766,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sbr	windows.txt	/*:sbr*
 :sbrewind	windows.txt	/*:sbrewind*
 :sbuffer	windows.txt	/*:sbuffer*
-:scrip	repeat.txt	/*:scrip*
+:sc	change.txt	/*:sc*
+:scI	change.txt	/*:scI*
+:sce	change.txt	/*:sce*
+:scg	change.txt	/*:scg*
+:sci	change.txt	/*:sci*
+:scl	change.txt	/*:scl*
+:scp	change.txt	/*:scp*
+:scr	repeat.txt	/*:scr*
 :scripte	repeat.txt	/*:scripte*
 :scriptencoding	repeat.txt	/*:scriptencoding*
 :scriptnames	repeat.txt	/*:scriptnames*
@@ -2740,9 +2806,20 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sfind	windows.txt	/*:sfind*
 :sfir	windows.txt	/*:sfir*
 :sfirst	windows.txt	/*:sfirst*
+:sg	change.txt	/*:sg*
+:sgI	change.txt	/*:sgI*
+:sgc	change.txt	/*:sgc*
+:sge	change.txt	/*:sge*
+:sgi	change.txt	/*:sgi*
+:sgl	change.txt	/*:sgl*
+:sgn	change.txt	/*:sgn*
+:sgp	change.txt	/*:sgp*
+:sgr	change.txt	/*:sgr*
 :sh	various.txt	/*:sh*
 :shell	various.txt	/*:shell*
-:si	gui_w32.txt	/*:si*
+:si	change.txt	/*:si*
+:sic	change.txt	/*:sic*
+:sie	change.txt	/*:sie*
 :sig	sign.txt	/*:sig*
 :sign	sign.txt	/*:sign*
 :sign-define	sign.txt	/*:sign-define*
@@ -2755,7 +2832,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sign-unplace	sign.txt	/*:sign-unplace*
 :sil	various.txt	/*:sil*
 :silent	various.txt	/*:silent*
+:sim	gui_w32.txt	/*:sim*
 :simalt	gui_w32.txt	/*:simalt*
+:sin	change.txt	/*:sin*
+:sip	change.txt	/*:sip*
+:sir	change.txt	/*:sir*
 :sl	various.txt	/*:sl*
 :sla	windows.txt	/*:sla*
 :slast	windows.txt	/*:slast*
@@ -2800,8 +2881,16 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :split_f	windows.txt	/*:split_f*
 :spr	windows.txt	/*:spr*
 :sprevious	windows.txt	/*:sprevious*
+:sr	change.txt	/*:sr*
+:srI	change.txt	/*:srI*
+:src	change.txt	/*:src*
 :sre	windows.txt	/*:sre*
 :srewind	windows.txt	/*:srewind*
+:srg	change.txt	/*:srg*
+:sri	change.txt	/*:sri*
+:srl	change.txt	/*:srl*
+:srn	change.txt	/*:srn*
+:srp	change.txt	/*:srp*
 :st	starting.txt	/*:st*
 :sta	windows.txt	/*:sta*
 :stag	windows.txt	/*:stag*
@@ -3118,6 +3207,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <CSI>	intro.txt	/*<CSI>*
 <Char->	map.txt	/*<Char->*
 <Char>	map.txt	/*<Char>*
+<CursorHold>	autocmd.txt	/*<CursorHold>*
 <D-	intro.txt	/*<D-*
 <Del>	change.txt	/*<Del>*
 <Down>	motion.txt	/*<Down>*
@@ -3440,6 +3530,7 @@ CTRL-^	editing.txt	/*CTRL-^*
 CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
+CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
 Cmdline-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline-mode*
 CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
@@ -3581,7 +3672,7 @@ E201	autocmd.txt	/*E201*
 E202	options.txt	/*E202*
 E203	autocmd.txt	/*E203*
 E204	autocmd.txt	/*E204*
-E205	if_pyth.txt	/*E205*
+E205	options.txt	/*E205*
 E206	options.txt	/*E206*
 E207	editing.txt	/*E207*
 E208	message.txt	/*E208*
@@ -4308,7 +4399,16 @@ E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E880	if_pyth.txt	/*E880*
 E881	autocmd.txt	/*E881*
+E882	eval.txt	/*E882*
+E883	eval.txt	/*E883*
+E884	eval.txt	/*E884*
+E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
+E886	starting.txt	/*E886*
+E887	if_pyth.txt	/*E887*
+E888	pattern.txt	/*E888*
+E889	map.txt	/*E889*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
+E890	syntax.txt	/*E890*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
@@ -4388,6 +4488,8 @@ L	motion.txt	/*L*
 Linux-backspace	options.txt	/*Linux-backspace*
 List	eval.txt	/*List*
 Lists	eval.txt	/*Lists*
+LogiPat()	pi_logipat.txt	/*LogiPat()*
+LogiPat-flags	pi_logipat.txt	/*LogiPat-flags*
 Lua	if_lua.txt	/*Lua*
 M	motion.txt	/*M*
 MDI	starting.txt	/*MDI*
@@ -4434,9 +4536,17 @@ OffTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OffTheSpot*
 OnTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OnTheSpot*
 Operator-pending	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending*
 Operator-pending-mode	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending-mode*
+OptionSet	autocmd.txt	/*OptionSet*
 OverTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OverTheSpot*
 P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
+PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
+PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
+PHP_outdentSLComments	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentSLComments*
+PHP_outdentphpescape	indent.txt	/*PHP_outdentphpescape*
+PHP_removeCRwhenUnix	indent.txt	/*PHP_removeCRwhenUnix*
+PHP_vintage_case_default_indent	indent.txt	/*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 Pattern	pattern.txt	/*Pattern*
 Perl	if_perl.txt	/*Perl*
 Posix	intro.txt	/*Posix*
@@ -4516,6 +4626,7 @@ SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
 SpellFileMissing	autocmd.txt	/*SpellFileMissing*
 StdinReadPost	autocmd.txt	/*StdinReadPost*
 StdinReadPre	autocmd.txt	/*StdinReadPre*
+String	eval.txt	/*String*
 SwapExists	autocmd.txt	/*SwapExists*
 Syntax	autocmd.txt	/*Syntax*
 T	motion.txt	/*T*
@@ -4780,6 +4891,7 @@ argidx()	eval.txt	/*argidx()*
 arglist	editing.txt	/*arglist*
 arglist-position	editing.txt	/*arglist-position*
 arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
+arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
@@ -4787,6 +4899,9 @@ asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
 asm68k	syntax.txt	/*asm68k*
 asmh8300.vim	syntax.txt	/*asmh8300.vim*
+assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
+assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	eval.txt	/*atan2()*
@@ -4834,6 +4949,7 @@ b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
 b:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*b:tex_stylish*
 b:var	eval.txt	/*b:var*
+b:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*b:yaml_schema*
 baan-folding	syntax.txt	/*baan-folding*
 baan-syntax	syntax.txt	/*baan-syntax*
 baan.vim	syntax.txt	/*baan.vim*
@@ -4877,6 +4993,7 @@ blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
 blockwise-visual	visual.txt	/*blockwise-visual*
 blowfish	options.txt	/*blowfish*
+blowfish2	options.txt	/*blowfish2*
 bold	syntax.txt	/*bold*
 bom-bytes	mbyte.txt	/*bom-bytes*
 book	intro.txt	/*book*
@@ -4943,6 +5060,7 @@ c_<Home>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Home>*
 c_<Insert>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Insert>*
 c_<Left>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Left>*
 c_<LeftMouse>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<LeftMouse>*
+c_<MiddleMouse>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<MiddleMouse>*
 c_<NL>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<NL>*
 c_<PageDown>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<PageDown>*
 c_<PageUp>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<PageUp>*
@@ -5159,6 +5277,7 @@ complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
 complete_check()	eval.txt	/*complete_check()*
+completed_item-variable	eval.txt	/*completed_item-variable*
 completion-functions	usr_41.txt	/*completion-functions*
 complex-change	change.txt	/*complex-change*
 complex-repeat	repeat.txt	/*complex-repeat*
@@ -5365,6 +5484,7 @@ diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
 dialog	gui_w32.txt	/*dialog*
 dialogs-added	version5.txt	/*dialogs-added*
 dib	motion.txt	/*dib*
+dict	eval.txt	/*dict*
 dict-functions	usr_41.txt	/*dict-functions*
 dict-identity	eval.txt	/*dict-identity*
 dict-modification	eval.txt	/*dict-modification*
@@ -5375,9 +5495,12 @@ diff-mode	diff.txt	/*diff-mode*
 diff-options	diff.txt	/*diff-options*
 diff-original-file	diff.txt	/*diff-original-file*
 diff-patchexpr	diff.txt	/*diff-patchexpr*
+diff-slow	diff.txt	/*diff-slow*
 diff.txt	diff.txt	/*diff.txt*
+diff.vim	syntax.txt	/*diff.vim*
 diff_filler()	eval.txt	/*diff_filler()*
 diff_hlID()	eval.txt	/*diff_hlID()*
+diff_translations	diff.txt	/*diff_translations*
 digraph	digraph.txt	/*digraph*
 digraph-arg	change.txt	/*digraph-arg*
 digraph-encoding	digraph.txt	/*digraph-encoding*
@@ -5438,6 +5561,7 @@ edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
 edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
+edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -5470,6 +5594,7 @@ errorformat-multi-line	quickfix.txt	/*errorformat-multi-line*
 errorformat-separate-filename	quickfix.txt	/*errorformat-separate-filename*
 errorformats	quickfix.txt	/*errorformats*
 errors	message.txt	/*errors*
+errors-variable	eval.txt	/*errors-variable*
 escape	intro.txt	/*escape*
 escape()	eval.txt	/*escape()*
 escape-bar	version4.txt	/*escape-bar*
@@ -5509,6 +5634,7 @@ exclusive	motion.txt	/*exclusive*
 exclusive-linewise	motion.txt	/*exclusive-linewise*
 executable()	eval.txt	/*executable()*
 execute-menus	gui.txt	/*execute-menus*
+exepath()	eval.txt	/*exepath()*
 exim	starting.txt	/*exim*
 exists()	eval.txt	/*exists()*
 exp()	eval.txt	/*exp()*
@@ -5590,6 +5716,7 @@ extensions-improvements	todo.txt	/*extensions-improvements*
 f	motion.txt	/*f*
 faq	intro.txt	/*faq*
 farsi	farsi.txt	/*farsi*
+farsi-fonts	farsi.txt	/*farsi-fonts*
 farsi.txt	farsi.txt	/*farsi.txt*
 fasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*fasm.vim*
 fcs_choice-variable	eval.txt	/*fcs_choice-variable*
@@ -5725,6 +5852,7 @@ ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
 ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
+ft-clojure-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-clojure-syntax*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
 ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
@@ -5835,6 +5963,7 @@ ft-xhtml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xhtml-omni*
 ft-xml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xml-omni*
 ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
+ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
 ft_sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*ft_sql.txt*
 ftdetect	filetype.txt	/*ftdetect*
@@ -5869,8 +5998,10 @@ g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_UserMaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_UserMaps*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
+g:actual_curbuf	options.txt	/*g:actual_curbuf*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
 g:ada#DotWordRegex	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#DotWordRegex*
@@ -5895,6 +6026,7 @@ g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
 g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
 g:clojure_align_subforms	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_subforms*
+g:clojure_fold	syntax.txt	/*g:clojure_fold*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
 g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
@@ -5926,6 +6058,7 @@ g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
 g:html_encoding_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_encoding_override*
 g:html_end_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_end_line*
 g:html_expand_tabs	syntax.txt	/*g:html_expand_tabs*
+g:html_font	syntax.txt	/*g:html_font*
 g:html_hover_unfold	syntax.txt	/*g:html_hover_unfold*
 g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
 g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
@@ -5964,6 +6097,8 @@ g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
+g:netrw_ffkeep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ffkeep*
+g:netrw_file_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_file_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
 g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
@@ -5975,6 +6110,7 @@ g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
 g:netrw_ftpmode	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpmode*
 g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
+g:netrw_gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_gx*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
 g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
@@ -5982,10 +6118,13 @@ g:netrw_http_put_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_put_cmd*
 g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
+g:netrw_keepj	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepj*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_list_cmd_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd_options*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localcopydircmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopydircmd*
 g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
 g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
@@ -6006,6 +6145,7 @@ g:netrw_rsync_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
 g:netrw_scp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
 g:netrw_scpport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scpport*
 g:netrw_sepchr	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sepchr*
+g:netrw_servername	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_servername*
 g:netrw_sftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_silent	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_silent*
 g:netrw_sort_by	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sort_by*
@@ -6022,8 +6162,10 @@ g:netrw_uid	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_uid*
 g:netrw_use_errorwindow	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_errorwindow*
 g:netrw_use_noswf	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_noswf*
 g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
+g:netrw_usetab	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_usetab*
 g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
+g:netrw_wiw	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_wiw*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
 g:sh_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_isk*
 g:sh_noisk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_noisk*
@@ -6045,6 +6187,8 @@ g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
 g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
 g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
+g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
+g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6054,6 +6198,7 @@ g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
 g:vimsyn_maxlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
 g:vimsyn_minlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_minlines*
 g:vimsyn_noerror	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_noerror*
+g:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*g:yaml_schema*
 g:zip_nomax	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_nomax*
 g:zip_shq	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_shq*
 g:zip_unzipcmd	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_unzipcmd*
@@ -6105,9 +6250,12 @@ getbufline()	eval.txt	/*getbufline()*
 getbufvar()	eval.txt	/*getbufvar()*
 getchar()	eval.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
+getcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*getcharsearch()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
+getcmdwintype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
+getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
 getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
@@ -6142,6 +6290,7 @@ gi	insert.txt	/*gi*
 gj	motion.txt	/*gj*
 gk	motion.txt	/*gk*
 glob()	eval.txt	/*glob()*
+glob2regpat()	eval.txt	/*glob2regpat()*
 global-ime	mbyte.txt	/*global-ime*
 global-local	options.txt	/*global-local*
 global-variable	eval.txt	/*global-variable*
@@ -6459,6 +6608,7 @@ i_CTRL-G_<Down>	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_<Down>*
 i_CTRL-G_<Up>	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_<Up>*
 i_CTRL-G_CTRL-J	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_CTRL-J*
 i_CTRL-G_CTRL-K	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_CTRL-K*
+i_CTRL-G_U	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_U*
 i_CTRL-G_j	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_j*
 i_CTRL-G_k	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_k*
 i_CTRL-G_u	insert.txt	/*i_CTRL-G_u*
@@ -6668,6 +6818,7 @@ lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
 lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
 lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
 lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
+lcs-space	options.txt	/*lcs-space*
 lcs-tab	options.txt	/*lcs-tab*
 lcs-trail	options.txt	/*lcs-trail*
 left-right-motions	motion.txt	/*left-right-motions*
@@ -6691,6 +6842,7 @@ linewise-register	change.txt	/*linewise-register*
 linewise-visual	visual.txt	/*linewise-visual*
 lisp.vim	syntax.txt	/*lisp.vim*
 lispindent()	eval.txt	/*lispindent()*
+list	eval.txt	/*list*
 list-functions	usr_41.txt	/*list-functions*
 list-identity	eval.txt	/*list-identity*
 list-index	eval.txt	/*list-index*
@@ -6714,6 +6866,18 @@ location-list	quickfix.txt	/*location-list*
 location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
+logipat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat*
+logipat-arg	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-arg*
+logipat-caveat	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-caveat*
+logipat-contents	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-contents*
+logipat-copyright	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-copyright*
+logipat-examples	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-examples*
+logipat-history	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-history*
+logipat-input	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-input*
+logipat-man	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-man*
+logipat-manual	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-manual*
+logipat-operators	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-operators*
+logipat-pattern	pi_logipat.txt	/*logipat-pattern*
 long-lines	version5.txt	/*long-lines*
 love	intro.txt	/*love*
 lowercase	change.txt	/*lowercase*
@@ -6722,6 +6886,7 @@ lua	if_lua.txt	/*lua*
 lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
 lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
+lua-dynamic	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dynamic*
 lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
 lua-funcref	if_lua.txt	/*lua-funcref*
 lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
@@ -6751,6 +6916,7 @@ mail.vim	syntax.txt	/*mail.vim*
 maillist	intro.txt	/*maillist*
 maillist-archive	intro.txt	/*maillist-archive*
 make.vim	syntax.txt	/*make.vim*
+man.vim	filetype.txt	/*man.vim*
 manual-copyright	usr_01.txt	/*manual-copyright*
 map()	eval.txt	/*map()*
 map-<SID>	map.txt	/*map-<SID>*
@@ -6802,6 +6968,7 @@ match()	eval.txt	/*match()*
 match-highlight	pattern.txt	/*match-highlight*
 match-parens	tips.txt	/*match-parens*
 matchadd()	eval.txt	/*matchadd()*
+matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
@@ -6948,6 +7115,8 @@ netrw-:Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Hexplore*
 netrw-:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Lexplore*
 netrw-:MF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MF*
 netrw-:MT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MT*
+netrw-:NetrwC	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwC*
+netrw-:NetrwMB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwMB*
 netrw-:Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Rexplore*
 netrw-:Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Sexplore*
 netrw-:Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Texplore*
@@ -6956,6 +7125,11 @@ netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
+netrw-P18	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P18*
+netrw-P19	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P19*
+netrw-P20	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P20*
+netrw-P21	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P21*
+netrw-P22	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P22*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
@@ -6975,6 +7149,7 @@ netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
+netrw-c-tab	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c-tab*
 netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
 netrw-chgup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-chgup*
 netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
@@ -6985,6 +7160,7 @@ netrw-createfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-createfile*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
+netrw-ctrl-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-r*
 netrw-ctrl_l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl_l*
 netrw-curdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-curdir*
 netrw-d	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-d*
@@ -6995,6 +7171,7 @@ netrw-dir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-dir*
 netrw-dirlist	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-dirlist*
 netrw-downdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-downdir*
 netrw-edithide	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-edithide*
+netrw-editwindow	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-editwindow*
 netrw-ex	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ex*
 netrw-explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore*
 netrw-explore-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore-cmds*
@@ -7010,7 +7187,9 @@ netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
 netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
 netrw-gitignore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gitignore*
+netrw-gn	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gn*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
+netrw-grep	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-grep*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
 netrw-help	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-help*
@@ -7032,6 +7211,7 @@ netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
 netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
+netrw-mX	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mX*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
 netrw-md	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-md*
@@ -7049,15 +7229,18 @@ netrw-mr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mr*
 netrw-ms	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ms*
 netrw-mt	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mt*
 netrw-mu	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mu*
+netrw-mv	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mv*
 netrw-mx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mx*
 netrw-mz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mz*
 netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
+netrw-newfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-newfile*
 netrw-nexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nexplore*
 netrw-noload	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-noload*
 netrw-nread	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nread*
 netrw-ntree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ntree*
 netrw-nwrite	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-nwrite*
 netrw-o	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-o*
+netrw-obtain	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-obtain*
 netrw-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-options*
 netrw-p	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p*
 netrw-p1	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p1*
@@ -7067,6 +7250,8 @@ netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
+netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
+netrw-p17	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p17*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -7097,6 +7282,7 @@ netrw-quickmaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickmaps*
 netrw-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-r*
 netrw-read	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-read*
 netrw-ref	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ref*
+netrw-refresh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-refresh*
 netrw-rename	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rename*
 netrw-reverse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-reverse*
 netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
@@ -7123,6 +7309,7 @@ netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
 netrw-urls	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-urls*
+netrw-usermaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-usermaps*
 netrw-userpass	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-userpass*
 netrw-v	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-v*
 netrw-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-var*
@@ -7347,6 +7534,7 @@ php3.vim	syntax.txt	/*php3.vim*
 phtml.vim	syntax.txt	/*phtml.vim*
 pi_getscript.txt	pi_getscript.txt	/*pi_getscript.txt*
 pi_gzip.txt	pi_gzip.txt	/*pi_gzip.txt*
+pi_logipat.txt	pi_logipat.txt	/*pi_logipat.txt*
 pi_netrw.txt	pi_netrw.txt	/*pi_netrw.txt*
 pi_paren.txt	pi_paren.txt	/*pi_paren.txt*
 pi_spec.txt	pi_spec.txt	/*pi_spec.txt*
@@ -7393,6 +7581,7 @@ printf()	eval.txt	/*printf()*
 printf-%	eval.txt	/*printf-%*
 printf-E	eval.txt	/*printf-E*
 printf-G	eval.txt	/*printf-G*
+printf-S	eval.txt	/*printf-S*
 printf-X	eval.txt	/*printf-X*
 printf-c	eval.txt	/*printf-c*
 printf-d	eval.txt	/*printf-d*
@@ -7408,6 +7597,7 @@ profile	repeat.txt	/*profile*
 profiling	repeat.txt	/*profiling*
 profiling-variable	eval.txt	/*profiling-variable*
 progname-variable	eval.txt	/*progname-variable*
+progpath-variable	eval.txt	/*progpath-variable*
 progress.vim	syntax.txt	/*progress.vim*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
@@ -7685,6 +7875,7 @@ session-file	starting.txt	/*session-file*
 set-option	options.txt	/*set-option*
 set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
+setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
 setline()	eval.txt	/*setline()*
 setloclist()	eval.txt	/*setloclist()*
@@ -7781,6 +7972,7 @@ spell-FLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-FLAG*
 spell-FOL	spell.txt	/*spell-FOL*
 spell-FORBIDDENWORD	spell.txt	/*spell-FORBIDDENWORD*
 spell-HOME	spell.txt	/*spell-HOME*
+spell-IGNOREEXTRA	spell.txt	/*spell-IGNOREEXTRA*
 spell-KEEPCASE	spell.txt	/*spell-KEEPCASE*
 spell-KEY	spell.txt	/*spell-KEY*
 spell-LANG	spell.txt	/*spell-LANG*
@@ -7908,6 +8100,7 @@ strcspn()	eval.txt	/*strcspn()*
 strdisplaywidth()	eval.txt	/*strdisplaywidth()*
 strftime()	eval.txt	/*strftime()*
 stridx()	eval.txt	/*stridx()*
+string	eval.txt	/*string*
 string()	eval.txt	/*string()*
 string-functions	usr_41.txt	/*string-functions*
 string-match	eval.txt	/*string-match*
@@ -7972,6 +8165,7 @@ sysmouse	term.txt	/*sysmouse*
 system()	eval.txt	/*system()*
 system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
+systemlist()	eval.txt	/*systemlist()*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
 t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
@@ -8023,9 +8217,11 @@ t_KI	term.txt	/*t_KI*
 t_KJ	term.txt	/*t_KJ*
 t_KK	term.txt	/*t_KK*
 t_KL	term.txt	/*t_KL*
+t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
 t_SI	term.txt	/*t_SI*
+t_SR	term.txt	/*t_SR*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
@@ -8128,6 +8324,7 @@ t_vb	term.txt	/*t_vb*
 t_ve	term.txt	/*t_ve*
 t_vi	term.txt	/*t_vi*
 t_vs	term.txt	/*t_vs*
+t_xn	term.txt	/*t_xn*
 t_xs	term.txt	/*t_xs*
 tab	intro.txt	/*tab*
 tab-page	tabpage.txt	/*tab-page*
@@ -8243,6 +8440,7 @@ terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
+test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
 tex-cchar	syntax.txt	/*tex-cchar*
 tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
@@ -8256,6 +8454,7 @@ tex-runon	syntax.txt	/*tex-runon*
 tex-slow	syntax.txt	/*tex-slow*
 tex-stopzone	syntax.txt	/*tex-stopzone*
 tex-style	syntax.txt	/*tex-style*
+tex-supersub	syntax.txt	/*tex-supersub*
 tex-sync	syntax.txt	/*tex-sync*
 tex-verb	syntax.txt	/*tex-verb*
 tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
@@ -8316,6 +8515,7 @@ undo_ftplugin	usr_41.txt	/*undo_ftplugin*
 undofile()	eval.txt	/*undofile()*
 undotree()	eval.txt	/*undotree()*
 unicode	mbyte.txt	/*unicode*
+uniq()	eval.txt	/*uniq()*
 unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
@@ -8384,11 +8584,13 @@ v:charconvert_from	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_from*
 v:charconvert_to	eval.txt	/*v:charconvert_to*
 v:cmdarg	eval.txt	/*v:cmdarg*
 v:cmdbang	eval.txt	/*v:cmdbang*
+v:completed_item	eval.txt	/*v:completed_item*
 v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
+v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:exception	eval.txt	/*v:exception*
 v:fcs_choice	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_choice*
 v:fcs_reason	eval.txt	/*v:fcs_reason*
@@ -8411,9 +8613,13 @@ v:mouse_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_lnum*
 v:mouse_win	eval.txt	/*v:mouse_win*
 v:oldfiles	eval.txt	/*v:oldfiles*
 v:operator	eval.txt	/*v:operator*
+v:option_new	eval.txt	/*v:option_new*
+v:option_old	eval.txt	/*v:option_old*
+v:option_type	eval.txt	/*v:option_type*
 v:prevcount	eval.txt	/*v:prevcount*
 v:profiling	eval.txt	/*v:profiling*
 v:progname	eval.txt	/*v:progname*
+v:progpath	eval.txt	/*v:progpath*
 v:register	eval.txt	/*v:register*
 v:scrollstart	eval.txt	/*v:scrollstart*
 v:searchforward	eval.txt	/*v:searchforward*
@@ -8441,11 +8647,13 @@ v_<Esc>	visual.txt	/*v_<Esc>*
 v_=	change.txt	/*v_=*
 v_>	change.txt	/*v_>*
 v_C	change.txt	/*v_C*
+v_CTRL-A	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-A*
 v_CTRL-C	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-C*
 v_CTRL-G	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-G*
 v_CTRL-H	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-H*
 v_CTRL-O	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-O*
 v_CTRL-V	visual.txt	/*v_CTRL-V*
+v_CTRL-X	change.txt	/*v_CTRL-X*
 v_CTRL-Z	starting.txt	/*v_CTRL-Z*
 v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G	intro.txt	/*v_CTRL-\\_CTRL-G*
 v_CTRL-\_CTRL-N	intro.txt	/*v_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
@@ -8501,7 +8709,9 @@ v_gJ	change.txt	/*v_gJ*
 v_gN	visual.txt	/*v_gN*
 v_gV	visual.txt	/*v_gV*
 v_g]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g]*
+v_g_CTRL-A	change.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-A*
 v_g_CTRL-G	editing.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-G*
+v_g_CTRL-X	change.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-X*
 v_g_CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-]*
 v_gf	editing.txt	/*v_gf*
 v_gn	visual.txt	/*v_gn*
@@ -8729,6 +8939,7 @@ window-variable	eval.txt	/*window-variable*
 windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*
 windows	windows.txt	/*windows*
 windows-3.1	os_win32.txt	/*windows-3.1*
+windows-icon	os_win32.txt	/*windows-icon*
 windows-intro	windows.txt	/*windows-intro*
 windows-starting	windows.txt	/*windows-starting*
 windows.txt	windows.txt	/*windows.txt*
@@ -8805,6 +9016,7 @@ xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
+yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
 yank	change.txt	/*yank*
 ye-option-gone	version4.txt	/*ye-option-gone*
 year-2000	intro.txt	/*year-2000*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -85,11 +85,13 @@ changed, to avoid confusion when using ":tnext".  It is changed when using
 ":tag {ident}".
 
 The ignore-case matches are not found for a ":tag" command when the
-'ignorecase' option is off.  They are found when a pattern is used (starting
-with a "/") and for ":tselect", also when 'ignorecase' is off.  Note that
-using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the tags file,
-which causes a slowdown.  This can be avoided by fold-case sorting the tag
-file.  See the 'tagbsearch' option for an explanation.
+'ignorecase' option is off and 'tagcase' is "followic" or when 'tagcase' is
+"match".  They are found when a pattern is used (starting with a "/") and for
+":tselect", also when 'ignorecase' is off and 'tagcase' is "followic" or when
+'tagcase' is "match".  Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables
+binary searching in the tags file, which causes a slowdown.  This can be
+avoided by fold-case sorting the tag file.  See the 'tagbsearch' option for an
+explanation.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Tag stack				*tag-stack* *tagstack* *E425*
@@ -440,12 +442,13 @@ file "tags".  It can also be used to access a common tags file.
 The next file in the list is not used when:
 - A matching static tag for the current buffer has been found.
 - A matching global tag has been found.
-This also depends on the 'ignorecase' option.  If it is off, and the tags file
-only has a match without matching case, the next tags file is searched for a
-match with matching case.  If no tag with matching case is found, the first
-match without matching case is used.  If 'ignorecase' is on, and a matching
-global tag with or without matching case is found, this one is used, no
-further tags files are searched.
+This also depends on whether case is ignored.  Case is ignored when
+'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
+"ignore".  If case is not ignored, and the tags file only has a match without
+matching case, the next tags file is searched for a match with matching case.
+If no tag with matching case is found, the first match without matching case
+is used.  If case is ignored, and a matching global tag with or without
+matching case is found, this one is used, no further tags files are searched.
 
 When a tag file name starts with "./", the '.' is replaced with the path of
 the current file.  This makes it possible to use a tags file in the directory
@@ -579,8 +582,10 @@ that indicates if the file was sorted.  When this line is found, Vim uses
 binary searching for the tags file:
 	!_TAG_FILE_SORTED<Tab>1<Tab>{anything} ~
 
-A tag file may be case-fold sorted to avoid a linear search when 'ignorecase'
-is on.  See 'tagbsearch' for details.  The value '2' should be used then:
+A tag file may be case-fold sorted to avoid a linear search when case is
+ignored.  (Case is ignored when 'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is
+"followic", or when 'tagcase' is "ignore".)  See 'tagbsearch' for details.
+The value '2' should be used then:
 	!_TAG_FILE_SORTED<Tab>2<Tab>{anything} ~
 
 The other tag that Vim recognizes, but only when compiled with the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@ The options are listed below.  The associated termcap code is always equal to
 the last two characters of the option name.  Only one termcap code is
 required: Cursor motion, 't_cm'.
 
-The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs' represent flags in the termcap.
-When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".  But any
-non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means that the
-flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap flag.
+The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs', 't_xn' represent flags in the
+termcap.  When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".
+But any non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means
+that the flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap
+flag.
 
 OUTPUT CODES
 	option	meaning	~
@@ -281,6 +282,9 @@ OUTPUT CODES
 	t_vs	cursor very visible				*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
 								*t_xs* *'t_xs'*
 	t_xs	if non-empty, standout not erased by overwriting (hpterm)
+								*t_xn* *'t_xn'*
+	t_xn	if non-empty, writing a character at the last screen cell
+		does not cause scrolling
 	t_ZH	italics mode					*t_ZH* *'t_ZH'*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
@@ -290,12 +294,15 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
 	t_WS	set window size (height, width) in characters	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
-	t_EI	end insert mode (block cursor shape)		*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
+	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
+	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
+	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -410,7 +417,7 @@ adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
+Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
@@ -434,13 +441,16 @@ If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used.  't_me' is used
 to reset to the default colors.
 
 				*termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color*
-When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When leaving
-Insert mode 't_EI' is used.  But only if both are defined.  This can be used
-to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert mode.  These are not
-standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them yourself.
+When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When Vim
+enters Replace mode the 't_SR' escape sequence is sent if it is set, otherwise
+'t_SI' is sent.  When leaving Insert mode or Replace mode 't_EI' is used. This
+can be used to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert or Replace
+mode. These are not standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them
+yourself.
 Example for an xterm, this changes the color of the cursor: >
     if &term =~ "xterm"
 	let &t_SI = "\<Esc>]12;purple\x7"
+	let &t_SR = "\<Esc>]12;red\x7"
 	let &t_EI = "\<Esc>]12;blue\x7"
     endif
 NOTE: When Vim exits the shape for Normal mode will remain.  The shape from
@@ -666,8 +676,8 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
-95.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm |color-xterm|.
-Now the limit is 223 columns.
+95 or 223.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm
+|color-xterm|.  Also see |'ttymouse'|.
 
 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last
@@ -842,7 +852,7 @@ Mouse clicks can be mapped.  The codes for mouse clicks are:
 
 The X1 and X2 buttons refer to the extra buttons found on some mice.  The
 'Microsoft Explorer' mouse has these buttons available to the right thumb.
-Currently X1 and X2 only work on Win32 environments.
+Currently X1 and X2 only work on Win32 and X11 environments.
 
 Examples: >
 	:noremap <MiddleMouse> <LeftMouse><MiddleMouse>

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Furthermore, the centre has been
 co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
 under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
 visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 08
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ change but joins in with the previous change use this command:
 			or redo.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway a change.  For
-example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was a
-related change before this that you must join with.
+This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
+For example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was
+a related change before this that you must join with.
 
 This doesn't work by itself, because the next key press will start a new
 change again.  But you can do something like this: >

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -527,9 +527,11 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 	:help subject()
 <		Function "subject". >
 	:help -subject
-<		Command-line option "-subject". >
+<		Command-line argument "-subject". >
 	:help +subject
 <		Compile-time feature "+subject". >
+	:help /*
+<		Regular expression item "*" >
 	:help EventName
 <		Autocommand event "EventName". >
 	:help digraphs.txt

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Jun 21
+*usr_03.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -57,8 +57,11 @@ paragraph, much faster than using "l".  "b" does the same in the other
 direction.
 
 A word ends at a non-word character, such as a ".", "-" or ")".  To change
-what Vim considers to be a word, see the 'iskeyword' option.
-   It is also possible to move by white-space separated WORDs.  This is not a
+what Vim considers to be a word, see the 'iskeyword' option.  If you try this
+out in the help directly, 'iskeyword' needs to be reset for the examples to
+work: >
+	:set iskeyword&
+It is also possible to move by white-space separated WORDs.  This is not a
 word in the normal sense, that's why the uppercase is used.  The commands for
 moving by WORDs are also uppercase, as this figure shows:
 
@@ -532,7 +535,7 @@ MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
 
 The . (dot) character matches any existing character.  For example, the
 pattern "c.m" matches a string whose first character is a c, whose second
-character is anything, and whose the third character is m.  Example:
+character is anything, and whose third character is m.  Example:
 
 	We use a computer that became the cummin winter. ~
 		 xxx		 xxx	  xxx

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 Sep 06
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ commands:
 	/four<Enter>	find the first string "four"
 	cwfive<Esc>	change the word to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
-	.		repeat the change to "five'
+	.		repeat the change to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
 	.		repeat the change
 			etc.

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Jul 18
+*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ window.  And you will notice a bar at the top with the two file names:
 
 You now have two tab pages.  The first one has a window for "thisfile" and the
 second one a window for "thatfile".  It's like two pages that are on top of
-eachother, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
+each other, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
 
 Now use the mouse to click on "thisfile" in the top line.  The result is
 

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ the cursor keys: >
 	:map <Down> gj
 
 
-TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE
+TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE			*edit-paragraph-join*
 
 If you want to import text into a program like MS-Word, each paragraph should
 be a single line.  If your paragraphs are currently separated with empty

runtime/doc/usr_29.txt

@@ -255,7 +255,8 @@ function.
 
 RELATED ITEMS
 
-You can set 'ignorecase' to make case in tag names be ignored.
+To make case in tag names be ignored, you can set 'ignorecase' while leaving
+'tagcase' as "followic", or set 'tagcase' to "ignore".
 
 The 'tagbsearch' option tells if the tags file is sorted or not.  The default
 is to assume a sorted tags file, which makes a tags search a lot faster, but

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jan 10
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -623,6 +623,7 @@ List manipulation:					*list-functions*
 	map()			change each List item
 	sort()			sort a List
 	reverse()		reverse the order of a List
+	uniq()			remove copies of repeated adjacent items
 	split()			split a String into a List
 	join()			join List items into a String
 	range()			return a List with a sequence of numbers
@@ -707,6 +708,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	cursor()		position the cursor at a line/column
 	screencol()		get screen column of the cursor
 	screenrow()		get screen row of the cursor
+	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
@@ -741,6 +743,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	pathshorten()		shorten directory names in a path
 	simplify()		simplify a path without changing its meaning
 	executable()		check if an executable program exists
+	exepath()		full path of an executable program
 	filereadable()		check if a file can be read
 	filewritable()		check if a file can be written to
 	getfperm()		get the permissions of a file
@@ -753,7 +756,8 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	mkdir()			create a new directory
 	delete()		delete a file
 	rename()		rename a file
-	system()		get the result of a shell command
+	system()		get the result of a shell command as a string
+	systemlist()		get the result of a shell command as a list
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
 	writefile()		write a List of lines into a file
@@ -769,6 +773,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	argc()			number of entries in the argument list
 	argidx()		current position in the argument list
+	arglistid()		get id of the argument list
 	argv()			get one entry from the argument list
 	bufexists()		check if a buffer exists
 	buflisted()		check if a buffer exists and is listed
@@ -788,6 +793,7 @@ Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdpos()		get position of the cursor in the command line
 	setcmdpos()		set position of the cursor in the command line
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
+	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
 
 Quickfix and location lists:			*quickfix-functions*
 	getqflist()		list of quickfix errors
@@ -822,6 +828,7 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
+	matchaddpos()		define a list of positions to highlight
 	matcharg()		get info about |:match| arguments
 	matchdelete()		delete a match defined by |matchadd()| or a
 				|:match| command
@@ -881,6 +888,11 @@ Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
 	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
 
+Testing:				    *test-functions*
+	assert_equal()       	assert that two expressions values are equal
+	assert_false()		assert that an expression is false
+	assert_true()		assert that an expression is true
+
 Various:					*various-functions*
 	mode()			get current editing mode
 	visualmode()		last visual mode used

runtime/doc/usr_43.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_43.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 Dec 28
+*usr_43.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 23
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ three-line comment.  You do this with only two steps:
 
 	setlocal softtabstop=4
 	noremap <buffer> <LocalLeader>c o/**************<CR><CR>/<Esc>
+	let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl softtabstop< | unmap <buffer> <LocalLeader>c"
 
 Try editing a C file.  You should notice that the 'softtabstop' option is set
 to 4.  But when you edit another file it's reset to the default zero.  That is
@@ -60,6 +61,11 @@ buffer.  This works with any mapping command: ":map!", ":vmap", etc.  The
 |<LocalLeader>| in the mapping is replaced with the value of the
 "maplocalleader" variable.
 
+The line to set b:undo_ftplugin is for when the filetype is set to another
+value.  In that case you will want to undo your preferences.  The
+b:undo_ftplugin variable is executed as a command. Watch out for characters
+with a special meaning inside a string, such as a backslash.
+
 You can find examples for filetype plugins in this directory: >
 
 	$VIMRUNTIME/ftplugin/

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 May 18
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Nov 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -234,25 +234,41 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 							*:!cmd* *:!* *E34*
 :!{cmd}			Execute {cmd} with the shell.  See also the 'shell'
 			and 'shelltype' option.
+
 			Any '!' in {cmd} is replaced with the previous
 			external command (see also 'cpoptions').  But not when
 			there is a backslash before the '!', then that
 			backslash is removed.  Example: ":!ls" followed by
 			":!echo ! \! \\!" executes "echo ls ! \!".
-			After the command has been executed, the timestamp of
-			the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			A '|' in {cmd} is passed to the shell, you cannot use
 			it to append a Vim command.  See |:bar|.
+
+			If {cmd} contains "%" it is expanded to the current
+			file name.  Special characters are not escaped, use
+			quotes to avoid their special meaning: >
+				:!ls "%"
+<			If the file name contains a "$" single quotes might
+			work better (but a single quote causes trouble): >
+				:!ls '%'
+<			This should always work, but it's more typing: >
+				:exe "!ls " . shellescape(expand("%"))
+<
 			A newline character ends {cmd}, what follows is
 			interpreted as a following ":" command.  However, if
 			there is a backslash before the newline it is removed
 			and {cmd} continues.  It doesn't matter how many
 			backslashes are before the newline, only one is
 			removed.
+
 			On Unix the command normally runs in a non-interactive
 			shell.  If you want an interactive shell to be used
 			(to use aliases) set 'shellcmdflag' to "-ic".
 			For Win32 also see |:!start|.
+
+			After the command has been executed, the timestamp and
+			size of the current file is checked |timestamp|.
+
 			Vim redraws the screen after the command is finished,
 			because it may have printed any text.  This requires a
 			hit-enter prompt, so that you can read any messages.
@@ -321,6 +337,7 @@ N  *+dialog_con*	Support for |:confirm| with console dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI and console dialog.
 N  *+diff*		|vimdiff| and 'diff'
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
+m  *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
@@ -363,6 +380,7 @@ N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
@@ -418,7 +436,7 @@ N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
-S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
+S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
@@ -647,4 +665,12 @@ highlighting.
 
 The "h" key will give you a short overview of the available commands.
 
+If you want to set options differently when using less, define the
+LessInitFunc in your vimrc, for example: >
+
+	func LessInitFunc()
+	  set nocursorcolumn nocursorline
+	endfunc
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 28
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7816,7 +7816,7 @@ Files:	    src/buffer.c, src/eval.c, src/ex_docmd.c, src/fileio.c,
 Patch 6.1.212
 Problem:    When Vim was started with "-R" ":new" creates a buffer
 	    'noreadonly' while ":enew" has 'readonly' set. (Preben Guldberg)
-Solution:   Don't set 'readonly in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
+Solution:   Don't set 'readonly' in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c
 
 Patch 6.1.213

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 18
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ New and extended functions: ~
 |spellbadword()|	get a badly spelled word
 |spellsuggest()|	get suggestions for correct spelling
 |split()|		split a String into a List
-|str2nr()|		convert a string to a number, base 8, 10 or 16
+|str2nr()|		convert a string to a number, base 2, 8, 10 or 16
 |stridx()|		extra argument: start position
 |strridx()|		extra argument: start position
 |string()|		string representation of a List or Dictionary
@@ -1626,10 +1626,10 @@ and merge it back in.
 When running the tests and one of them fails to produce "test.out" the
 following tests are still executed.  This helps when running out of memory.
 
-When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library it is possible
-to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always reported as leaked, such as
-allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in alloc_cmdbuff()
-to store the ":quit" command.
+When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library, it is possible
+to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always be reported as leaked, such
+as allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in
+alloc_cmdbuff() to store the ":quit" command.
 
 Moved the code for printing to src/hardcopy.c.
 
@@ -2038,8 +2038,8 @@ Removed the "COUNT" flag from ":argadd", to avoid ":argadd 1*" to be used like
 
 Avoid that $LANG is used for the menus when LC_MESSAGES is "en_US".
 
-Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make the appear as
-real dashes. (Pierr Habouzit)
+Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make them appear
+as real dashes. (Pierre Habouzit)
 
 Where "gq" left the cursor depended on the value of 'formatprg'.  Now "gq"
 always leaves the cursor at the last line of the formatted text.
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ detection may try to check the contents of the file while it's still
 compressed.  Skip setting 'filetype' for compressed files until they have been
 decompressed.  Required for patterns that end in a "*".
 
-Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor the be moved
+Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor to be moved
 to the first line.  That breaks a BufReadPost autocommand that uses g`".
 Don't move the cursor if it's somewhere past the first line.
 
@@ -6485,7 +6485,7 @@ Patch 7.1.282 (extra)
 Problem:    Win64: Edit with Vim context menu isn't installed correctly.
 	    Compiler warnings and a few other things.
 Solution:   Add [ and ] to entry of class name.  Use UINT_PTR instead of UINT.
-	    And a fixes for the other things. (George V.  Reilly)
+	    And fixes for other things. (George V.  Reilly)
 Files:	    src/GvimExt/Makefile, src/dosinst.c, src/if_ole.cpp, src/if_ole.h,
 	    src/if_ole.idl, src/INSTALLpc.txt,  src/Make_mvc.mak,
 	    src/os_win32.c,
@@ -15783,7 +15783,7 @@ Files:	    src/if_py_both.h, src/if_python3.c, src/testdir/test86.in,
 	    src/testdir/test87.ok
 
 Patch 7.3.944
-Problem:    External program receives the termrespone.
+Problem:    External program receives the termresponse.
 Solution:   Insert a delay and discard input. (Hayaki Saito)
 Files:	    src/term.c